From 40e04e3772726829d66c12e69f24b03920d79c67 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Trygve Laugstøl Date: Wed, 25 Jan 2017 22:24:18 +0100 Subject: o Moving tinyprintf and stm libraries under thirdparty. --- .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html | 954 +++++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_adc.h | 449 ++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_can.h | 640 +++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_cec.h | 301 +++ .../inc/stm32f37x_comp.h | 252 ++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dac.h | 314 +++ .../inc/stm32f37x_dbgmcu.h | 113 + .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dma.h | 436 ++++ .../inc/stm32f37x_exti.h | 210 ++ .../inc/stm32f37x_flash.h | 412 ++++ .../inc/stm32f37x_gpio.h | 387 +++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_i2c.h | 476 ++++ .../inc/stm32f37x_iwdg.h | 140 ++ .../inc/stm32f37x_misc.h | 204 ++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_pwr.h | 203 ++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_rcc.h | 603 +++++ .../inc/stm32f37x_sdadc.h | 455 ++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_spi.h | 586 +++++ .../inc/stm32f37x_syscfg.h | 249 ++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_tim.h | 1195 +++++++++ .../inc/stm32f37x_usart.h | 592 +++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_adc.c | 1485 +++++++++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_can.c | 1669 +++++++++++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_cec.c | 620 +++++ .../src/stm32f37x_comp.c | 407 +++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_dac.c | 746 ++++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_dma.c | 858 +++++++ .../src/stm32f37x_exti.c | 320 +++ .../src/stm32f37x_gpio.c | 528 ++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_i2c.c | 1585 ++++++++++++ .../src/stm32f37x_iwdg.c | 295 +++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_pwr.c | 589 +++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_rcc.c | 1655 +++++++++++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_rtc.c | 2597 ++++++++++++++++++++ .../STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_spi.c | 1302 ++++++++++ .../src/stm32f37x_syscfg.c | 378 +++ .../src/stm32f37x_usart.c | 2003 +++++++++++++++ .../src/stm32f37x_wwdg.c | 313 +++ 38 files changed, 26521 insertions(+) create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_adc.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_can.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_cec.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_comp.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dac.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dbgmcu.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dma.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_exti.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_flash.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_gpio.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_i2c.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_iwdg.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_misc.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_pwr.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_rcc.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_sdadc.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_spi.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_syscfg.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_tim.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_usart.h create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_adc.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_can.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_cec.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_comp.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_dac.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_dma.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_exti.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_gpio.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_i2c.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_iwdg.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_pwr.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_rcc.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_rtc.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_spi.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_syscfg.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_usart.c create mode 100644 thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_wwdg.c (limited to 'thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver') diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4db70fc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html @@ -0,0 +1,954 @@ + + + + + + + + +Release Notes for STM32F37x Standard Peripherals Library Drivers + + + + + +
+ +

 

+ +
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + + + +
+

Back to Release page

+
+

Release Notes for STM32F37x Standard + Peripherals Library Drivers (StdPeriph_Driver)

+

Copyright + 2012 STMicroelectronics

+

+
+

 

+ + + + +
+

Contents

+
    +
  1. STM32F37x Standard Peripherals Library Drivers + update History
    2. +
  2. License
    3. +
+

STM32F37x + Standard Peripherals Library Drivers  update History

V1.0.0 /20-September-2012

Main +Changes

+
  • First official release for +STM32F37x devices
    +
+ + + + +

License

Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); You may not use this package except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:


Unless +required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT +WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See +the License for the specific language governing permissions and +limitations under the License. + +
+
+ For + complete documentation on STM32 + Microcontrollers visit www.st.com/stm32f3

+
+

+
+ +
+ +

 

+ +
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_adc.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_adc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7503f14 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_adc.h @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_adc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the ADC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_ADC_H +#define __STM32F37X_ADC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup ADC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief ADC Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + FunctionalState ADC_ScanConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in + Scan (multichannels) or Single (one channel) mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE */ + + FunctionalState ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in + Continuous or Single mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConv; /*!< Defines the external trigger used to start the analog + to digital conversion of regular channels. This parameter + can be a value of @ref ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */ + + uint32_t ADC_DataAlign; /*!< Specifies whether the ADC data alignment is left or right. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_data_align */ + + uint8_t ADC_NbrOfChannel; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC channels that will be converted + using the sequencer for regular channel group. + This parameter must range from 1 to 16. */ +}ADC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == ADC1) + +#define IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == ADC1) + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T19_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T19_CC3 ADC_CR2_EXTSEL_0 +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T19_CC4 ADC_CR2_EXTSEL_1 +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00060000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO ADC_CR2_EXTSEL_2 +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_None ((uint32_t)0x000E0000) + +#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(REGTRIG) (((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T19_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T19_CC3) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T19_CC4) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_None)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_data_align + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_DataAlign_Right ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_DataAlign_Left ADC_CR2_ALIGN + +#define IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Right) || \ + ((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Left)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_channels + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_Channel_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define ADC_Channel_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define ADC_Channel_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define ADC_Channel_3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define ADC_Channel_4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define ADC_Channel_5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define ADC_Channel_6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define ADC_Channel_7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define ADC_Channel_8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define ADC_Channel_9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define ADC_Channel_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define ADC_Channel_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define ADC_Channel_12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define ADC_Channel_13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define ADC_Channel_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define ADC_Channel_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) +#define ADC_Channel_16 ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define ADC_Channel_17 ((uint8_t)0x11) +#define ADC_Channel_18 ((uint8_t)0x12) + +#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16) +#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17) +#define ADC_Channel_Vbat ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_18) + +#define IS_ADC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_15) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_16) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_17) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_18)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_sampling_time + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5 ADC_SMPR2_SMP0_0 +#define ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5 ADC_SMPR2_SMP0_1 +#define ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5 ADC_SMPR2_SMP0_2 +#define ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x07) + +#define IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T19_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T19_CC2 ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL_0 +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL_1 +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00003000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4 ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL_2 +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00005000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15 ((uint32_t)0x00006000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_None ((uint32_t)0x00007000) + +#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T19_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T19_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15)|| \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_None)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_channel_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1 ((uint8_t)0x14) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2 ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3 ((uint8_t)0x1C) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4 ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_analog_watchdog_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable ADC_CR1_AWDEN +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable ADC_CR1_JAWDEN +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +#define IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(WATCHDOG) (((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_IT_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0220) +#define ADC_IT_AWD ((uint16_t)0x0140) +#define ADC_IT_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0480) + +#define IS_ADC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF81F) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_ADC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == ADC_IT_EOC) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_JEOC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_FLAG_AWD ADC_SR_AWD +#define ADC_FLAG_EOC ADC_SR_EOC +#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC ADC_SR_JEOC +#define ADC_FLAG_JSTRT ADC_SR_JSTRT +#define ADC_FLAG_STRT ADC_SR_STRT + +#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint8_t)0xE0) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) +#define IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) || ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_JSTRT) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_STRT)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_thresholds + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) ((THRESHOLD) <= 0xFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_offset + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 0xFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_length + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_rank + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_length + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x10)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_rank + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x10)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_discontinuous_mode_number + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) >= 0x1) && ((NUMBER) <= 0x8)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the ADC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_StartCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_ResetCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); + +/* Analog Watchdog configuration functions ************************************/ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, uint16_t LowThreshold); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel); + +/* Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) management function */ +void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Regular Channels Configuration functions ***********************************/ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_ExternalTrigConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number); +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); + +/* Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions *******************************/ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Injected channels Configuration functions **********************************/ +void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length); +void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t ADC_Offset); +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv); +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG); +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG); +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT); +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT); +FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetResetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F37X_ADC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_can.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_can.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d32853 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_can.h @@ -0,0 +1,640 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_can.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CAN firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_CAN_H +#define __STM32F37X_CAN_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CAN + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == CAN1) + +/** + * @brief CAN init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t CAN_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the length of a time quantum. + It ranges from 1 to 1024. */ + + uint8_t CAN_Mode; /*!< Specifies the CAN operating mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_operating_mode */ + + uint8_t CAN_SJW; /*!< Specifies the maximum number of time quanta + the CAN hardware is allowed to lengthen or + shorten a bit to perform resynchronization. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_synchronisation_jump_width */ + + uint8_t CAN_BS1; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit + Segment 1. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 */ + + uint8_t CAN_BS2; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 2. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 */ + + FunctionalState CAN_TTCM; /*!< Enable or disable the time triggered communication mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_ABOM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic bus-off management. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_AWUM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_NART; /*!< Enable or disable the non-automatic retransmission mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_RFLM; /*!< Enable or disable the Receive FIFO Locked mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_TXFP; /*!< Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ +} CAN_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CAN filter init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t CAN_FilterIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit + configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit + configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, + according to the mode (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration, + first one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, + according to the mode (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration, + second one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment; /*!< Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1) which will be assigned to the filter. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_FIFO */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterNumber; /*!< Specifies the filter which will be initialized. It ranges from 0 to 13. */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterMode; /*!< Specifies the filter mode to be initialized. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_mode */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterScale; /*!< Specifies the filter scale. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_scale */ + + FunctionalState CAN_FilterActivation; /*!< Enable or disable the filter. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ +} CAN_FilterInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CAN Tx message structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */ + + uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that + will be transmitted. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_identifier_type */ + + uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the message that will + be transmitted. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */ + + uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be + transmitted. This parameter can be a value between + 0 to 8 */ + + uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be transmitted. It ranges from 0 + to 0xFF. */ +} CanTxMsg; + +/** + * @brief CAN Rx message structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */ + + uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that + will be received. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_identifier_type */ + + uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the received message. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */ + + uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be received. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 8 */ + + uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be received. It ranges from 0 to + 0xFF. */ + + uint8_t FMI; /*!< Specifies the index of the filter the message stored in + the mailbox passes through. This parameter can be a + value between 0 to 0xFF */ +} CanRxMsg; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_InitStatus + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_InitStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN initialization failed */ +#define CAN_InitStatus_Success ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN initialization OK */ + + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANINITFAILED CAN_InitStatus_Failed +#define CANINITOK CAN_InitStatus_Success +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_Mode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< normal mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< loopback mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_Silent ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< silent mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< loopback combined with silent mode */ + +#define IS_CAN_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Normal) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_LoopBack)|| \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack)) +/** + * @} + */ + + + /** + * @defgroup CAN_operating_mode + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Initialization mode */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Normal mode */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< sleep mode */ + + +#define IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) ||\ + ((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal)|| \ + ((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup CAN_OperatingMode_status + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_ModeStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode failed */ +#define CAN_ModeStatus_Success ((uint8_t)!CAN_ModeStatus_Failed) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode Succeed */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_synchronisation_jump_width + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_SJW_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_SJW(SJW) (((SJW) == CAN_SJW_1tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_2tq)|| \ + ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_3tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_4tq)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_BS1_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_9tq ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< 9 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_10tq ((uint8_t)0x09) /*!< 10 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_11tq ((uint8_t)0x0A) /*!< 11 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_12tq ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< 12 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_13tq ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< 13 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_14tq ((uint8_t)0x0D) /*!< 14 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_15tq ((uint8_t)0x0E) /*!< 15 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_16tq ((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< 16 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_BS1(BS1) ((BS1) <= CAN_BS1_16tq) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_BS2_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_BS2(BS2) ((BS2) <= CAN_BS2_8tq) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_clock_prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) >= 1) && ((PRESCALER) <= 1024)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_FilterNumber + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((NUMBER) <= 27) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_FilterMode + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FilterMode_IdMask ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< identifier/mask mode */ +#define CAN_FilterMode_IdList ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< identifier list mode */ + +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdList)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_FilterScale + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FilterScale_16bit ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Two 16-bit filters */ +#define CAN_FilterScale_32bit ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< One 32-bit filter */ + +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(SCALE) (((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) || \ + ((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_32bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_FilterFIFO + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Filter_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x */ +#define CAN_Filter_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x */ +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO0) || \ + ((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO1)) + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_FilterFIFO0 CAN_Filter_FIFO0 +#define CAN_FilterFIFO1 CAN_Filter_FIFO1 +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Start_bank_filter_for_slave_CAN + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(BANKNUMBER) (((BANKNUMBER) >= 1) && ((BANKNUMBER) <= 27)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Tx + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TRANSMITMAILBOX) ((TRANSMITMAILBOX) <= ((uint8_t)0x02)) +#define IS_CAN_STDID(STDID) ((STDID) <= ((uint32_t)0x7FF)) +#define IS_CAN_EXTID(EXTID) ((EXTID) <= ((uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF)) +#define IS_CAN_DLC(DLC) ((DLC) <= ((uint8_t)0x08)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_identifier_type + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Id_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Standard Id */ +#define CAN_Id_Extended ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Extended Id */ +#define IS_CAN_IDTYPE(IDTYPE) (((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Standard) || \ + ((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Extended)) +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_ID_STD CAN_Id_Standard +#define CAN_ID_EXT CAN_Id_Extended +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_remote_transmission_request + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_RTR_Data ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Data frame */ +#define CAN_RTR_Remote ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Remote frame */ +#define IS_CAN_RTR(RTR) (((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Data) || ((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Remote)) +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_RTR_DATA CAN_RTR_Data +#define CAN_RTR_REMOTE CAN_RTR_Remote +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_transmit_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00)/*!< CAN transmission failed */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN transmission succeeded */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Pending ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< CAN transmission pending */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< CAN cell did not provide + an empty mailbox */ +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANTXFAILED CAN_TxStatus_Failed +#define CANTXOK CAN_TxStatus_Ok +#define CANTXPENDING CAN_TxStatus_Pending +#define CAN_NO_MB CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_receive_FIFO_number_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN FIFO 0 used to receive */ +#define CAN_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN FIFO 1 used to receive */ + +#define IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO0) || ((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_sleep_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Sleep_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not enter the sleep mode */ +#define CAN_Sleep_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN entered the sleep mode */ + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANSLEEPFAILED CAN_Sleep_Failed +#define CANSLEEPOK CAN_Sleep_Ok +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_wake_up_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_WakeUp_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not leave the sleep mode */ +#define CAN_WakeUp_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN leaved the sleep mode */ + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANWAKEUPFAILED CAN_WakeUp_Failed +#define CANWAKEUPOK CAN_WakeUp_Ok +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup CAN_Error_Code_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_NoErr ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< No Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_StuffErr ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Stuff Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_FormErr ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Form Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_ACKErr ((uint8_t)0x30) /*!< Acknowledgment Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitRecessiveErr ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Bit Recessive Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitDominantErr ((uint8_t)0x50) /*!< Bit Dominant Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_CRCErr ((uint8_t)0x60) /*!< CRC Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_SoftwareSetErr ((uint8_t)0x70) /*!< Software Set Error */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_flags + * @{ + */ +/* If the flag is 0x3XXXXXXX, it means that it can be used with CAN_GetFlagStatus() + and CAN_ClearFlag() functions. */ +/* If the flag is 0x1XXXXXXX, it means that it can only be used with + CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. */ + +/* Transmit Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP0 ((uint32_t)0x38000001) /*!< Request MailBox0 Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP1 ((uint32_t)0x38000100) /*!< Request MailBox1 Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 ((uint32_t)0x38010000) /*!< Request MailBox2 Flag */ + +/* Receive Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x12000003) /*!< FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x32000008) /*!< FIFO 0 Full Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x32000010) /*!< FIFO 0 Overrun Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x14000003) /*!< FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x34000008) /*!< FIFO 1 Full Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x34000010) /*!< FIFO 1 Overrun Flag */ + +/* Operating Mode Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_WKU ((uint32_t)0x31000008) /*!< Wake up Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_SLAK ((uint32_t)0x31000012) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Flag */ +/* @note When SLAK interrupt is disabled (SLKIE=0), no polling on SLAKI is possible. + In this case the SLAK bit can be polled.*/ + +/* Error Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_EWG ((uint32_t)0x10F00001) /*!< Error Warning Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_EPV ((uint32_t)0x10F00002) /*!< Error Passive Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_BOF ((uint32_t)0x10F00004) /*!< Bus-Off Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_LEC ((uint32_t)0x30F00070) /*!< Last error code Flag */ + +#define IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_BOF) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EPV) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EWG) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1)|| ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK )) + +#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG)(((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) ||\ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_interrupts + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_IT_TME ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt*/ + +/* Receive Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< FIFO 0 full Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FIFO 1 full Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt*/ + +/* Operating Mode Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_WKU ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Wake-up Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_SLK ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Interrupt*/ + +/* Error Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_EWG ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Error warning Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_EPV ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Error passive Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_BOF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bus-off Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_LEC ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Last error code Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Error Interrupt*/ + +/* Flags named as Interrupts : kept only for FW compatibility */ +#define CAN_IT_RQCP0 CAN_IT_TME +#define CAN_IT_RQCP1 CAN_IT_TME +#define CAN_IT_RQCP2 CAN_IT_TME + + +#define IS_CAN_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK)) + +#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the CAN configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct); +void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct); +void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct); +void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber); +void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState); +void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* CAN Frames Transmission functions ******************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage); +uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox); +void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox); + +/* CAN Frames Reception functions *********************************************/ +void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage); +void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber); +uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber); + +/* Operation modes functions **************************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode); +uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* CAN Bus Error management functions *****************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG); +void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG); +ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT); +void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F37X_CAN_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_cec.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_cec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1df688 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_cec.h @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_cec.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CEC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F0XX_CEC_H +#define __STM32F0XX_CEC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CEC + * @{ + */ +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief CEC Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t CEC_SignalFreeTime; /*!< Specifies the CEC Signal Free Time configuration. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Signal_Free_Time */ + uint32_t CEC_RxTolerance; /*!< Specifies the CEC Reception Tolerance. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_RxTolerance */ + uint32_t CEC_StopReception; /*!< Specifies the CEC Stop Reception. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Stop_Reception */ + uint32_t CEC_BitRisingError; /*!< Specifies the CEC Bit Rising Error generation. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Bit_Rising_Error_Generation */ + uint32_t CEC_LongBitPeriodError; /*!< Specifies the CEC Long Bit Error generation. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Long_Bit_Error_Generation */ + uint32_t CEC_BRDNoGen; /*!< Specifies the CEC Broadcast Error generation. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_BDR_No_Gen */ + uint32_t CEC_SFTOption; /*!< Specifies the CEC Signal Free Time option. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_SFT_Option */ + +}CEC_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Signal_Free_Time + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< CEC Signal Free Time Standard */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_1T ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< CEC 1.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_2T ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< CEC 2.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_3T ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /*!< CEC 3.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_4T ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< CEC 4.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_5T ((uint32_t)0x00000005) /*!< CEC 5.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_6T ((uint32_t)0x00000006) /*!< CEC 6.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_7T ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< CEC 7.5 nominal data bit periods */ + +#define IS_CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_Standard) || \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_1T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_2T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_3T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_4T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_5T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_6T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_7T)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_RxTolerance + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_RxTolerance_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Standard Tolerance Margin */ +#define CEC_RxTolerance_Extended CEC_CFGR_RXTOL /*!< Extended Tolerance Margin */ + +#define IS_CEC_RX_TOLERANCE(TOLERANCE) (((TOLERANCE) == CEC_RxTolerance_Standard) || \ + ((TOLERANCE) == CEC_RxTolerance_Extended)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Stop_Reception + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_StopReception_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No RX Stop on bit Rising Error (BRE) */ +#define CEC_StopReception_On CEC_CFGR_BRESTP /*!< RX Stop on bit Rising Error (BRE) */ + +#define IS_CEC_STOP_RECEPTION(RECEPTION) (((RECEPTION) == CEC_StopReception_On) || \ + ((RECEPTION) == CEC_StopReception_Off)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Bit_Rising_Error_Generation + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_BitRisingError_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Bit Rising Error generation turned Off */ +#define CEC_BitRisingError_On CEC_CFGR_BREGEN /*!< Bit Rising Error generation turned On */ + +#define IS_CEC_BIT_RISING_ERROR(ERROR) (((ERROR) == CEC_BitRisingError_Off) || \ + ((ERROR) == CEC_BitRisingError_On)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Long_Bit_Error_Generation + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_LongBitPeriodError_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Long Bit Period Error generation turned Off */ +#define CEC_LongBitPeriodError_On CEC_CFGR_LREGEN /*!< Long Bit Period Error generation turned On */ + +#define IS_CEC_LONG_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR(ERROR) (((ERROR) == CEC_LongBitPeriodError_Off) || \ + ((ERROR) == CEC_LongBitPeriodError_On)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_SFT_Option + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_SFTOption_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< SFT option turned Off */ +#define CEC_SFTOption_On CEC_CFGR_SFTOPT /*!< SFT option turned On */ + +#define IS_CEC_SFT_OPTION(OPTION) (((OPTION) == CEC_SFTOption_Off) || \ + ((OPTION) == CEC_SFTOption_On)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_BDR_No_Gen + * @{ + */ + +#define CEC_BRDNoGen_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Broadcast Bit Rising Error generation turned Off */ +#define CEC_BRDNoGen_On CEC_CFGR_BRDNOGEN /*!< Broadcast Bit Rising Error generation turned On */ + +#define IS_CEC_BDR_NO_GEN_ERROR(ERROR) (((ERROR) == CEC_BRDNoGen_Off) || \ + ((ERROR) == CEC_BRDNoGen_On)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Own_Address + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CEC_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) < 0x10) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Interrupt_Configuration_definition + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_IT_TXACKE CEC_IER_TXACKEIE +#define CEC_IT_TXERR CEC_IER_TXERRIE +#define CEC_IT_TXUDR CEC_IER_TXUDRIE +#define CEC_IT_TXEND CEC_IER_TXENDIE +#define CEC_IT_TXBR CEC_IER_TXBRIE +#define CEC_IT_ARBLST CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE +#define CEC_IT_RXACKE CEC_IER_RXACKEIE +#define CEC_IT_LBPE CEC_IER_LBPEIE +#define CEC_IT_SBPE CEC_IER_SBPEIE +#define CEC_IT_BRE CEC_IER_BREIEIE +#define CEC_IT_RXOVR CEC_IER_RXOVRIE +#define CEC_IT_RXEND CEC_IER_RXENDIE +#define CEC_IT_RXBR CEC_IER_RXBRIE + +#define IS_CEC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFE000) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_CEC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == CEC_IT_TXACKE) || \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXERR)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXUDR)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXEND)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXBR)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_ARBLST)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXACKE)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_LBPE)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_SBPE)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_BRE)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXOVR)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXEND)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXBR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_ISR_register_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_FLAG_TXACKE CEC_ISR_TXACKE +#define CEC_FLAG_TXERR CEC_ISR_TXERR +#define CEC_FLAG_TXUDR CEC_ISR_TXUDR +#define CEC_FLAG_TXEND CEC_ISR_TXEND +#define CEC_FLAG_TXBR CEC_ISR_TXBR +#define CEC_FLAG_ARBLST CEC_ISR_ARBLST +#define CEC_FLAG_RXACKE CEC_ISR_RXACKE +#define CEC_FLAG_LBPE CEC_ISR_LBPE +#define CEC_FLAG_SBPE CEC_ISR_SBPE +#define CEC_FLAG_BRE CEC_ISR_BRE +#define CEC_FLAG_RXOVR CEC_ISR_RXOVR +#define CEC_FLAG_RXEND CEC_ISR_RXEND +#define CEC_FLAG_RXBR CEC_ISR_RXBR + +#define IS_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFE000) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_CEC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXACKE) || \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXERR)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXUDR)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXEND)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXBR)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_ARBLST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXACKE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_LBPE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_SBPE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_BRE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXOVR)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXEND)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXBR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the CEC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void CEC_DeInit(void); + +/* CEC_Initialization and Configuration functions *****************************/ +void CEC_Init(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct); +void CEC_StructInit(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct); +void CEC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void CEC_ListenModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void CEC_OwnAddressConfig(uint8_t CEC_OwnAddress); +void CEC_OwnAddressClear(void); + +/* CEC_Data transfers functions ***********************************************/ +void CEC_SendData(uint8_t Data); +uint8_t CEC_ReceiveData(void); +void CEC_StartOfMessage(void); +void CEC_EndOfMessage(void); + +/* CEC_Interrupts and flags management functions ******************************/ +void CEC_ITConfig(uint16_t CEC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t CEC_FLAG); +void CEC_ClearFlag(uint16_t CEC_FLAG); +ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint16_t CEC_IT); +void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F37X_CEC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_comp.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_comp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d85d77a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_comp.h @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_comp.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the COMP firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_COMP_H +#define __STM32F37X_COMP_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup COMP + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief COMP Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint32_t COMP_InvertingInput; /*!< Selects the inverting input of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_InvertingInput */ + + uint32_t COMP_Output; /*!< Selects the output redirection of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Output */ + + uint32_t COMP_OutputPol; /*!< Selects the output polarity of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_OutputPolarity */ + + uint32_t COMP_Hysteresis; /*!< Selects the hysteresis voltage of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Hysteresis */ + + uint32_t COMP_Mode; /*!< Selects the operating mode of the comparator + and allows to adjust the speed/consumption. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Mode */ + +}COMP_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_Selection_COMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP1 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< COMP2 Selection */ + +#define IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP2)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_InvertingInput + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 1/4 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_1_2VREFINT COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_0 /*!< 1/2 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_3_4VREFINT COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_1 /*!< 3/4 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00000030) /*!< VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1OUT1 COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_2 /*!< DAC1_OUT1 (PA4) connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1OUT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000050) /*!< DAC1_OUT2 (PA5) connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_DAC2OUT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000070) /*!< DAC2_OUT1 (PA6) connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_IO ((uint32_t)0x00000060) /*!< I/O (PA0 for COMP1 and PA2 for COMP2) connected to comparator inverting input */ + +#define IS_COMP_INVERTING_INPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_1_2VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_3_4VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1OUT1) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1OUT2) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_DAC2OUT1) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_IO)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Output + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_Output_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP output isn't connected to other peripherals */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM5IC4 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM5 Input Capture 4 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM4IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM4 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM5OCREFCLR COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL /*!< COMP output connected to TIM5 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM4OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM4 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM15BKIN COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_0 /*!< COMP output connected to TIM15 Break Input (BKIN) */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM16BKIN COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_0 /*!< COMP output connected to TIM16 Break Input (BKIN) */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2IC4 COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_2 /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 Input Capture 4 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM3IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM3OCREFCLR COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 OCREF Clear */ + + +#define IS_COMP_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_None) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM5IC4) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM4IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM5OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM4OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM15BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM16BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2IC4) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM3IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM3OCREFCLR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_OutputPolarity + * @{ + */ +#define COMP_OutputPol_NonInverted ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP output on GPIO isn't inverted */ +#define COMP_OutputPol_Inverted COMP_CSR_COMP1POL /*!< COMP output on GPIO is inverted */ + +#define IS_COMP_OUTPUT_POL(POL) (((POL) == COMP_OutputPol_NonInverted) || \ + ((POL) == COMP_OutputPol_Inverted)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Hysteresis + * @{ + */ +/* Please refer to the electrical characteristics in the device datasheet for + the hysteresis level */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_No 0x00000000 /*!< No hysteresis */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_Low COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST_0 /*!< Hysteresis level low */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_Medium COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST_1 /*!< Hysteresis level medium */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_High COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST /*!< Hysteresis level high */ + +#define IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(HYSTERESIS) (((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_No) || \ + ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_Low) || \ + ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_Medium) || \ + ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Mode + * @{ + */ +/* Please refer to the electrical characteristics in the device datasheet for + the power consumption values */ +#define COMP_Mode_HighSpeed 0x00000000 /*!< High Speed */ +#define COMP_Mode_MediumSpeed COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE_0 /*!< Medium Speed */ +#define COMP_Mode_LowPower COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE_1 /*!< Low power mode */ +#define COMP_Mode_UltraLowPower COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE /*!< Ultra-low power mode */ + +#define IS_COMP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == COMP_Mode_UltraLowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == COMP_Mode_LowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == COMP_Mode_MediumSpeed) || \ + ((MODE) == COMP_Mode_HighSpeed)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_OutputLevel + * @{ + */ +/* When output polarity is not inverted, comparator output is high when + the non-inverting input is at a higher voltage than the inverting input */ +#define COMP_OutputLevel_High COMP_CSR_COMP1OUT +/* When output polarity is not inverted, comparator output is low when + the non-inverting input is at a lower voltage than the inverting input*/ +#define COMP_OutputLevel_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the COMP configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void COMP_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void COMP_Init(uint32_t COMP_Selection, COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct); +void COMP_StructInit(COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct); +void COMP_Cmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); +void COMP_SwitchCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t COMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t COMP_Selection); + +/* Window mode control function ***********************************************/ +void COMP_WindowCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* COMP configuration locking function ****************************************/ +void COMP_LockConfig(uint32_t COMP_Selection); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F37X_COMP_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dac.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..650544e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dac.h @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_dac.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DAC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_DAC_H +#define __STM32F37X_DAC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief DAC Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */ + + uint32_t DAC_WaveGeneration; /*!< Specifies whether DAC channel noise waves or triangle waves + are generated, or whether no wave is generated. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_wave_generation */ + + uint32_t DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude; /*!< Specifies the LFSR mask for noise wave generation or + the maximum amplitude triangle generation for the DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */ + + uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */ +}DAC_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == DAC1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DAC2)) + +#define IS_DAC_LIST1_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == DAC1)) + +/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Trigger_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DACx_DHRxxxx register + has been loaded, and not by external trigger */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC1/2 channel1/2 */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM3 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC1/2 channel1/2 */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC1/2 channel1/2 */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM9 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC1 channel1/2 */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T18_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM18 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC2 channel1 */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC1/2 channel1/2 */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) /*!< TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC1/2 channel1/2 */ +#define DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9 ((uint32_t)0x00000034) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC1/2 channel1/2 */ +#define DAC_Trigger_Software ((uint32_t)0x0000003C) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC1/2 channel1/2 */ + +#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_None) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T18_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Software)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_None) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */ + +#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignment + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Align_12b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Align_12b_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DAC_Align_8b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_R) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_L) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_8b_R)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Wave_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_Wave_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) + +#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the DAC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef* DACx); + +/* DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format functions */ +void DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_Cmd(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1); +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel); + +/* DMA management functions ***************************************************/ +void DAC_DMACmd(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DAC_ITConfig(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +void DAC_ClearFlag(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F37X_DAC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dbgmcu.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dbgmcu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d5d656 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dbgmcu.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_dbgmcu.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DBGMCU firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_DBGMCU_H +#define __STM32F37X_DBGMCU_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DBGMCU + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define DBGMCU_SLEEP DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP +#define DBGMCU_STOP DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP +#define DBGMCU_STANDBY DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY +#define IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM12_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM13_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM14_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM18_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM18_STOP +#define DBGMCU_RTC_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP +#define DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP +#define DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP +#define DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT +#define DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT +#define DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN1_STOP + +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFD9FE000) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM15_STOP DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM15_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM16_STOP DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM16_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM17_STOP DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM17_STOP +#define DBGMCU_TIM19_STOP DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM19_STOP +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFC3) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Device and Revision ID management functions ********************************/ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void); +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void); + +/* Peripherals Configuration functions ****************************************/ +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F37X_DBGMCU_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dma.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dma.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9fa181 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_dma.h @@ -0,0 +1,436 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_dma.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DMA firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_DMA_H +#define __STM32F37X_DMA_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief DMA Init structures definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the peripheral base address for DMAy Channelx. */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the memory base address for DMAy Channelx. */ + + uint32_t DMA_DIR; /*!< Specifies if the peripheral is the source or destination. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_data_transfer_direction */ + + uint16_t DMA_BufferSize; /*!< Specifies the buffer size, in data unit, of the specified Channel. + The data unit is equal to the configuration set in DMA_PeripheralDataSize + or DMA_MemoryDataSize members depending in the transfer direction. */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register is incremented or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register is incremented or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_incremented_mode */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_data_size */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_data_size */ + + uint32_t DMA_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_circular_normal_mode + @note: The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory + data transfer is configured on the selected Channel */ + + uint32_t DMA_Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_priority_level */ + + uint32_t DMA_M2M; /*!< Specifies if the DMAy Channelx will be used in memory-to-memory transfer. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_to_memory */ +}DMA_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel5)) + +/** @defgroup DMA_data_transfer_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST DMA_CCR_DIR + +#define IS_DMA_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC) || \ + ((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable DMA_CCR_PINC + +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_incremented_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_MemoryInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_MemoryInc_Enable DMA_CCR_MINC + +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord DMA_CCR_PSIZE_0 +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word DMA_CCR_PSIZE_1 + +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord DMA_CCR_MSIZE_0 +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word DMA_CCR_MSIZE_1 + +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_circular_normal_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_Mode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_Mode_Circular DMA_CCR_CIRC + +#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Normal) || ((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Circular)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_priority_level + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_Priority_VeryHigh DMA_CCR_PL +#define DMA_Priority_High DMA_CCR_PL_1 +#define DMA_Priority_Medium DMA_CCR_PL_0 +#define DMA_Priority_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_VeryHigh) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_High) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Medium) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_to_memory + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_M2M_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_M2M_Enable DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM + +#define IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Disable) || ((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Enable)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFFFFFF1) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define DMA1_IT_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DMA1_IT_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA1_IT_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DMA1_IT_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DMA1_IT_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DMA1_IT_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DMA1_IT_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DMA1_IT_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define DMA1_IT_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define DMA1_IT_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define DMA1_IT_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DMA1_IT_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DMA1_IT_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define DMA1_IT_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define DMA1_IT_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define DMA1_IT_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) + +#define DMA2_IT_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x10000001) +#define DMA2_IT_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x10000002) +#define DMA2_IT_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x10000004) +#define DMA2_IT_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x10000008) +#define DMA2_IT_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x10000010) +#define DMA2_IT_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x10000020) +#define DMA2_IT_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x10000040) +#define DMA2_IT_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x10000080) +#define DMA2_IT_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x10000100) +#define DMA2_IT_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x10000200) +#define DMA2_IT_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x10000400) +#define DMA2_IT_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x10000800) +#define DMA2_IT_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x10001000) +#define DMA2_IT_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x10002000) +#define DMA2_IT_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x10004000) +#define DMA2_IT_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x10008000) +#define DMA2_IT_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x10010000) +#define DMA2_IT_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x10020000) +#define DMA2_IT_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x10040000) +#define DMA2_IT_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x10080000) + +#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((((IT) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) || (((IT) & 0xEFF00000) == 0x00)) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_DMA_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC6) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE6) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC7) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE7) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL1) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT1) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL2) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT2) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL3) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT3) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL4) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT4) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL5) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT5) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE5)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) + +#define DMA2_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x10000001) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x10000002) +#define DMA2_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x10000004) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x10000008) +#define DMA2_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x10000010) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x10000020) +#define DMA2_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x10000040) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x10000080) +#define DMA2_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x10000100) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x10000200) +#define DMA2_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x10000400) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x10000800) +#define DMA2_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x10001000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x10002000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x10004000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x10008000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x10010000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x10020000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x10040000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x10080000) + +#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((((FLAG) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) || (((FLAG) & 0xEFF00000) == 0x00)) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC7) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE7) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL1) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT1) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL2) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT2) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL3) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT3) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL4) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT4) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL5) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT5) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE5)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the DMA configuration to the default reset state ******/ +void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); +void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); +void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data Counter functions******************************************************/ +void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber); +uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG); +void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG); +ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT); +void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F37X_DMA_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_exti.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_exti.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f1bad9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_exti.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_exti.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the EXTI firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_EXTI_H +#define __STM32F37X_EXTI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI + * @{ + */ +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief EXTI mode enumeration + */ + +typedef enum +{ + EXTI_Mode_Interrupt = 0x00, + EXTI_Mode_Event = 0x04 +}EXTIMode_TypeDef; + +#define IS_EXTI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Interrupt) || ((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Event)) + +/** + * @brief EXTI Trigger enumeration + */ + +typedef enum +{ + EXTI_Trigger_Rising = 0x08, + EXTI_Trigger_Falling = 0x0C, + EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling = 0x10 +}EXTITrigger_TypeDef; + +#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Falling) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling)) +/** + * @brief EXTI Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t EXTI_Line; /*!< Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be any combination of @ref EXTI_Lines */ + + EXTIMode_TypeDef EXTI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines. + This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */ + + EXTITrigger_TypeDef EXTI_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines. + This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */ + + FunctionalState EXTI_LineCmd; /*!< Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ +}EXTI_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Lines + * @{ + */ + +#define EXTI_Line0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< External interrupt line 0 */ +#define EXTI_Line1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< External interrupt line 1 */ +#define EXTI_Line2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< External interrupt line 2 */ +#define EXTI_Line3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< External interrupt line 3 */ +#define EXTI_Line4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< External interrupt line 4 */ +#define EXTI_Line5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< External interrupt line 5 */ +#define EXTI_Line6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< External interrupt line 6 */ +#define EXTI_Line7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< External interrupt line 7 */ +#define EXTI_Line8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< External interrupt line 8 */ +#define EXTI_Line9 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< External interrupt line 9 */ +#define EXTI_Line10 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< External interrupt line 10 */ +#define EXTI_Line11 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< External interrupt line 11 */ +#define EXTI_Line12 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< External interrupt line 12 */ +#define EXTI_Line13 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< External interrupt line 13 */ +#define EXTI_Line14 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< External interrupt line 14 */ +#define EXTI_Line15 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< External interrupt line 15 */ +#define EXTI_Line16 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< External interrupt line 16 + Connected to the PVD Output */ +#define EXTI_Line17 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 17 + Connected to the RTC Alarm + event */ +#define EXTI_Line18 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 18 + Connected to the USB Device + Wakeup from suspend event */ +#define EXTI_Line19 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 19 + Connected to the RTC Tamper + and Time Stamp events */ +#define EXTI_Line20 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 20 + Connected to the RTC wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line21 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 21 + Connected to the Comparator 1 + event */ +#define EXTI_Line22 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 22 + Connected to the Comparator 2 + event */ +#define EXTI_Line23 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 23 + Connected to the I2C1 wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line24 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 24 + Connected to the I2C2 wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line25 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 25 + Connected to the USART1 wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line26 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 26 + Connected to the USART2 wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line27 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 27 + Connected to the CEC wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line28 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Internal interrupt line 28 + Connected to the USART3 wakeup + event */ +#define IS_EXTI_LINE(LINE) ((((LINE) & (uint32_t)0x00) == 0x00) && ((LINE) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(LINE) (((LINE) == EXTI_Line0) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line1) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line2) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line3) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line4) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line5) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line6) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line7) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line8) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line9) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line10) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line11) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line12) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line13) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line14) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line15) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line16) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line17) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line18) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line19) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line20) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line21) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line22)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Function used to set the EXTI configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void EXTI_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); +void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); +void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F37X_EXTI_H */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_flash.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_flash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a194b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_flash.h @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_flash.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FLASH + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_FLASH_H +#define __STM32F37X_FLASH_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief FLASH Status + */ +typedef enum +{ + FLASH_BUSY = 1, + FLASH_ERROR_WRP, + FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + FLASH_COMPLETE, + FLASH_TIMEOUT +}FLASH_Status; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Latency + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_Latency_0 ((uint8_t)0x0000) /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */ +#define FLASH_Latency_1 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_0 /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */ +#define FLASH_Latency_2 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_1 /*!< FLASH Two Latency cycles */ + +#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_0) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_1) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupts + * @{ + */ + +#define FLASH_IT_EOP FLASH_CR_EOPIE /*!< End of programming interrupt source */ +#define FLASH_IT_ERR FLASH_CR_ERRIE /*!< Error interrupt source */ +#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFEBFF) == 0x00000000) && (((IT) != 0x00000000))) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Address + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0803FFFF)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_DATA_ADDRESS + * @{ + */ +#define IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == 0x1FFFF804) || ((ADDRESS) == 0x1FFFF806)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection + * @{ + */ + + +#define OB_WRP_Pages0to1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Write protection of page 0 to 1 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages2to3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* Write protection of page 2 to 3 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages4to5 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Write protection of page 4 to 5 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages6to7 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* Write protection of page 6 to 7 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages8to9 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* Write protection of page 8 to 9 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages10to11 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* Write protection of page 10 to 11 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages12to13 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* Write protection of page 12 to 13 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages14to15 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /* Write protection of page 14 to 15 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages16to17 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Write protection of page 16 to 17 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages18to19 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Write protection of page 18 to 19 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages20to21 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Write protection of page 20 to 21 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages22to23 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Write protection of page 22 to 23 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages24to25 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* Write protection of page 24 to 25 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages26to27 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /* Write protection of page 26 to 27 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages28to29 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* Write protection of page 28 to 29 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages30to31 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* Write protection of page 30 to 31 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages32to33 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* Write protection of page 32 to 33 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages34to35 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /* Write protection of page 34 to 35 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages36to37 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /* Write protection of page 36 to 37 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages38to39 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /* Write protection of page 38 to 39 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages40to41 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /* Write protection of page 40 to 41 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages42to43 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /* Write protection of page 42 to 43 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages44to45 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /* Write protection of page 44 to 45 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages46to47 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /* Write protection of page 46 to 47 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages48to49 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /* Write protection of page 48 to 49 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages50to51 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /* Write protection of page 50 to 51 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages52to53 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /* Write protection of page 52 to 53 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages54to55 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /* Write protection of page 54 to 55 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages56to57 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* Write protection of page 56 to 57 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages58to59 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /* Write protection of page 58 to 59 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages60to61 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /* Write protection of page 60 to 61 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages62to127 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /* Write protection of page 62 to 127 */ + +#define OB_WRP_AllPages ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */ + +#define IS_OB_WRP(PAGE) (((PAGE) != 0x0000000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_Read_Protection + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief FLASH_Read_Protection_Level + */ +#define OB_RDP_Level_0 ((uint8_t)0xAA) +#define OB_RDP_Level_1 ((uint8_t)0xBB) +/*#define OB_RDP_Level_2 ((uint8_t)0xCC)*/ /* Warning: When enabling read protection level 2 + it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 */ + +#define IS_OB_RDP(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_0)||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_1))/*||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_2))*/ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_IWatchdog + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_IWDG_SW ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Software IWDG selected */ +#define OB_IWDG_HW ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Hardware IWDG selected */ +#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_HW)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_STOP_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */ +#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */ +#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_STDBY_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ +#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ +#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_BOOT1 + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_BOOT1_RESET ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< BOOT1 Reset */ +#define OB_BOOT1_SET ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< BOOT1 Set */ +#define IS_OB_BOOT1(BOOT1) (((BOOT1) == OB_BOOT1_RESET) || ((BOOT1) == OB_BOOT1_SET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_VDDA_Analog_Monitoring + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source ON */ +#define OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source OFF */ + +#define IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG(ANALOG) (((ANALOG) == OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON) || ((ANALOG) == OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_VDD_Analog_Monitoring + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_VDD_SD12_ON ((uint8_t)0x80) /*!< Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source ON */ +#define OB_VDD_SD12_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source OFF */ + +#define IS_OB_VDD_SD12(MODE) (((MODE) == OB_VDD_SD12_ON) || ((MODE) == OB_VDD_SD12_OFF)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_SRAM_Parity_Enable + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_SRAM_PARITY_SET ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< SRAM parity enable Set */ +#define OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< SRAM parity enable reset */ + +#define IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == OB_SRAM_PARITY_SET) || ((PARITY) == OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY FLASH_SR_BSY /*!< FLASH Busy flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_PGERR FLASH_SR_PGERR /*!< FLASH Programming error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH_SR_WRPERR /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH_SR_EOP /*!< FLASH End of Programming flag */ + +#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFC3) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) + +#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Keys + * @{ + */ +#define RDP_KEY ((uint16_t)0x00A5) +#define FLASH_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x45670123) +#define FLASH_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0xCDEF89AB) +#define FLASH_OPTKEY1 FLASH_KEY1 +#define FLASH_OPTKEY2 FLASH_KEY2 +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Timeout_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x000B0000) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Legacy + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 OB_WRP_Pages0to1 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages2to3 OB_WRP_Pages2to3 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages4to5 OB_WRP_Pages4to5 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages6to7 OB_WRP_Pages6to7 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages8to9 OB_WRP_Pages8to9 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages10to11 OB_WRP_Pages10to11 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages12to13 OB_WRP_Pages12to13 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages14to15 OB_WRP_Pages14to15 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages16to17 OB_WRP_Pages16to17 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages18to19 OB_WRP_Pages18to19 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages20to21 OB_WRP_Pages20to21 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages22to23 OB_WRP_Pages22to23 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages24to25 OB_WRP_Pages24to25 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages26to27 OB_WRP_Pages26to27 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages28to29 OB_WRP_Pages28to29 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages30to31 OB_WRP_Pages30to31 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages32to33 OB_WRP_Pages32to33 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages34to35 OB_WRP_Pages34to35 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages36to37 OB_WRP_Pages36to37 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages38to39 OB_WRP_Pages38to39 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages40to41 OB_WRP_Pages40to41 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages42to43 OB_WRP_Pages42to43 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages44to45 OB_WRP_Pages44to45 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages46to47 OB_WRP_Pages46to47 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages48to49 OB_WRP_Pages48to49 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages50to51 OB_WRP_Pages50to51 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages52to53 OB_WRP_Pages52to53 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages54to55 OB_WRP_Pages54to55 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages56to57 OB_WRP_Pages56to57 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages58to59 OB_WRP_Pages58to59 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 OB_WRP_Pages60to61 +#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to127 OB_WRP_Pages62to127 + +#define FLASH_WRProt_AllPages OB_WRP_AllPages +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @} + */ +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* FLASH Interface configuration functions ************************************/ +void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency); +void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* FLASH Memory Programming functions *****************************************/ +void FLASH_Unlock(void); +void FLASH_Lock(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address); +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); + +/* FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions *****************************************/ +void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void); +void FLASH_OB_Lock(void); +void FLASH_OB_Launch(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Erase(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t OB_WRP); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BOOTConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT1); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_VDDAConfig(uint8_t OB_VDDA_ANALOG); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_VDD_SD12Config(uint8_t OB_VDD_SD12); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_SRAMParityConfig(uint8_t OB_SRAM_Parity); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WriteUser(uint8_t OB_USER); +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); +uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); +FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); + +/* FLASH Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); +void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout); + + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Legacy + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_EraseOptionBytes FLASH_OB_Erase +#define FLASH_EnableWriteProtection FLASH_OB_EnableWRP +#define FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig FLASH_OB_UserConfig +#define FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData FLASH_OB_ProgramData +#define FLASH_GetUserOptionByte FLASH_OB_GetUser +#define FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte FLASH_OB_GetWRP +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F37X_FLASH_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_gpio.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_gpio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b19dca --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_gpio.h @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_gpio.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_GPIO_H +#define __STM32F37X_GPIO_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup GPIO + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOC) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOD) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOE) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOF)) + +#define IS_GPIO_LIST_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOD)) +/** @defgroup Configuration_Mode_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Mode_IN = 0x00, /*!< GPIO Input Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_OUT = 0x01, /*!< GPIO Output Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AF = 0x02, /*!< GPIO Alternate function Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AN = 0x03 /*!< GPIO Analog In/Out Mode */ +}GPIOMode_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IN)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || \ + ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AN)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Output_type_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_OType_PP = 0x00, + GPIO_OType_OD = 0x01 +}GPIOOType_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_OTYPE(OTYPE) (((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_PP) || ((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_OD)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Output_Maximum_frequency_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Speed_Level_1 = 0x01, /*!< Medium Speed */ + GPIO_Speed_Level_2 = 0x02, /*!< Fast Speed */ + GPIO_Speed_Level_3 = 0x03 /*!< High Speed */ +}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_Level_1) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_Level_2) || \ + ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_Level_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Configuration_Pull-Up_Pull-Down_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL = 0x00, + GPIO_PuPd_UP = 0x01, + GPIO_PuPd_DOWN = 0x02 +}GPIOPuPd_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_PUPD(PUPD) (((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL) || ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_UP) || \ + ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_DOWN)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Bit_SET_and_Bit_RESET_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + Bit_RESET = 0, + Bit_SET +}BitAction; + +#define IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == Bit_RESET) || ((ACTION) == Bit_SET)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief GPIO Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t GPIO_Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. + This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */ + + GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */ + + GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */ + + GPIOOType_TypeDef GPIO_OType; /*!< Specifies the operating output type for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOOType_TypeDef */ + + GPIOPuPd_TypeDef GPIO_PuPd; /*!< Specifies the operating Pull-up/Pull down for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOPuPd_TypeDef */ +}GPIO_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Pin 0 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Pin 1 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Pin 2 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Pin 3 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< Pin 4 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Pin 5 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Pin 6 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< Pin 7 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Pin 8 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< Pin 9 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Pin 10 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Pin 11 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< Pin 12 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< Pin 13 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< Pin 14 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /*!< Pin 15 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /*!< All pins selected */ + +#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) ((PIN) != (uint16_t)0x00) + +#define IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_0) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_1) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_2) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_3) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_4) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_5) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_6) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_7) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_8) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_9) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_10) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_11) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_12) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_13) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_14) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_15)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Pin_sources + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define GPIO_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define GPIO_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define GPIO_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define GPIO_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define GPIO_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define GPIO_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define GPIO_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define GPIO_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define GPIO_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define GPIO_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define GPIO_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define GPIO_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define GPIO_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define GPIO_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define GPIO_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) + +#define IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Alternate_function_selection_define + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief AF 0 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /* MCO, JTMS-SWDAT, JTCK-SWCLK, JTDI, + JTDO, JTRST, TRACECLK, TRACED, TRACEWO */ +/** + * @brief AF 1 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* TIM2, TIM15, TIM16, TIM17, OUT */ + +/** + * @brief AF 2 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM13, TIM14, TIM19 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 3 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_3 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* Touch */ + +/** + * @brief AF 4 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_4 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C1, I2C2 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 5 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_5 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI1, SPI2, IR_OUT */ + +/** + * @brief AF 6 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_6 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI1, SPI3, CEC, IR_OUT */ + +/** + * @brief AF 7 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_7 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART1, USART2, USART3, CAN, CEC*/ + +/** + * @brief AF 8 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_8 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* COMP1_OUT, COMP2_OUT */ + +/** + * @brief AF 9 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_9 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* CAN, TIM12, TIM13, TIM14, TIM15 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 10 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) /* TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM12, TIM17 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 11 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* TIM19 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 14 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) /* USBDM, USBDP */ + +/** + * @brief AF 15 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) /* OUT */ + +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_0)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_1)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_2)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_3)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_4)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_5)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_6)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_7)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_8)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_9)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_10)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_11)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_14)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_15)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Speed_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define GPIO_Speed_10MHz GPIO_Speed_Level_1 /*!< Fast Speed:10MHz */ +#define GPIO_Speed_2MHz GPIO_Speed_Level_2 /*!< Medium Speed:2MHz */ +#define GPIO_Speed_50MHz GPIO_Speed_Level_3 /*!< High Speed:50MHz */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Function used to set the GPIO configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); + +/* GPIO Read and Write functions **********************************************/ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal); +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal); + +/* GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions ***************************/ +void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F37X_GPIO_H */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_i2c.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_i2c.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cdb3eb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_i2c.h @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_i2c.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the I2C firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_I2C_H +#define __STM32F37X_I2C_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief I2C Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t I2C_Timing; /*!< Specifies the I2C_TIMINGR_register value. + This parameter must be set by referring to I2C_Timing_Config_Tool*/ + + uint32_t I2C_AnalogFilter; /*!< Enables or disables analog noise filter. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_Analog_Filter*/ + + uint32_t I2C_DigitalFilter; /*!< Configures the digital noise filter. + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0x0F*/ + + uint32_t I2C_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2C mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_mode*/ + + uint32_t I2C_OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the device own address 1. + This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address*/ + + uint32_t I2C_Ack; /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledgement*/ + + uint32_t I2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledged_address*/ +}I2C_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2C1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2C2)) + +/** @defgroup I2C_Analog_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_AnalogFilter_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define I2C_AnalogFilter_Disable I2C_CR1_ANFOFF + +#define IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == I2C_AnalogFilter_Enable) || \ + ((FILTER) == I2C_AnalogFilter_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Digital_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0x0000000F) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Mode_I2C ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice I2C_CR1_SMBDEN +#define I2C_Mode_SMBusHost I2C_CR1_SMBHEN + +#define IS_I2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Mode_I2C) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusHost)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledgement + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Ack_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define I2C_Ack_Disable I2C_CR2_NACK + +#define IS_I2C_ACK(ACK) (((ACK) == I2C_Ack_Enable) || \ + ((ACK) == I2C_Ack_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledged_address + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE + +#define IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \ + ((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_own_address1 + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= (uint32_t)0x000003FF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_transfer_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint16_t)0x0400) + +#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Receiver)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_DMA_transfer_requests + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_DMAReq_Tx I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN +#define I2C_DMAReq_Rx I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN + +#define IS_I2C_DMA_REQ(REQ) ((((REQ) & (uint32_t)0xFFFF3FFF) == 0x00) && ((REQ) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_slave_address + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= (uint16_t)0x03FF) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_own_address2 + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(ADDRESS2) ((ADDRESS2) <= (uint16_t)0x00FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_own_address2_mask + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_OA2_NoMask ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask01 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask02 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask03 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask04 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask05 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask06 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask07 ((uint8_t)0x07) + +#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) == I2C_OA2_NoMask) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask01) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask02) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask03) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask04) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask05) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask06) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask07)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_timeout + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_TIMEOUT(TIMEOUT) ((TIMEOUT) <= (uint16_t)0x0FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_registers + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Register_CR1 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define I2C_Register_CR2 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define I2C_Register_OAR1 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define I2C_Register_OAR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define I2C_Register_TIMINGR ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define I2C_Register_TIMEOUTR ((uint8_t)0x14) +#define I2C_Register_ISR ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define I2C_Register_ICR ((uint8_t)0x1C) +#define I2C_Register_PECR ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define I2C_Register_RXDR ((uint8_t)0x24) +#define I2C_Register_TXDR ((uint8_t)0x28) + +#define IS_I2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TIMINGR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TIMEOUTR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_ISR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_ICR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_PECR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_RXDR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TXDR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_IT_ERRI I2C_CR1_ERRIE +#define I2C_IT_TCI I2C_CR1_TCIE +#define I2C_IT_STOPI I2C_CR1_STOPIE +#define I2C_IT_NACKI I2C_CR1_NACKIE +#define I2C_IT_ADDRI I2C_CR1_ADDRIE +#define I2C_IT_RXI I2C_CR1_RXIE +#define I2C_IT_TXI I2C_CR1_TXIE + +#define IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF01) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_FLAG_TXE I2C_ISR_TXE +#define I2C_FLAG_TXIS I2C_ISR_TXIS +#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE I2C_ISR_RXNE +#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR I2C_ISR_ADDR +#define I2C_FLAG_NACKF I2C_ISR_NACKF +#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF I2C_ISR_STOPF +#define I2C_FLAG_TC I2C_ISR_TC +#define I2C_FLAG_TCR I2C_ISR_TCR +#define I2C_FLAG_BERR I2C_ISR_BERR +#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO I2C_ISR_ARLO +#define I2C_FLAG_OVR I2C_ISR_OVR +#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR I2C_ISR_PECERR +#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT I2C_ISR_TIMEOUT +#define I2C_FLAG_ALERT I2C_ISR_ALERT +#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY I2C_ISR_BUSY + +#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFF4000) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXIS) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_RXNE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_NACKF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STOPF) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TCR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BERR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ARLO) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ALERT) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSY)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_IT_TXIS I2C_ISR_TXIS +#define I2C_IT_RXNE I2C_ISR_RXNE +#define I2C_IT_ADDR I2C_ISR_ADDR +#define I2C_IT_NACKF I2C_ISR_NACKF +#define I2C_IT_STOPF I2C_ISR_STOPF +#define I2C_IT_TC I2C_ISR_TC +#define I2C_IT_TCR I2C_ISR_TCR +#define I2C_IT_BERR I2C_ISR_BERR +#define I2C_IT_ARLO I2C_ISR_ARLO +#define I2C_IT_OVR I2C_ISR_OVR +#define I2C_IT_PECERR I2C_ISR_PECERR +#define I2C_IT_TIMEOUT I2C_ISR_TIMEOUT +#define I2C_IT_ALERT I2C_ISR_ALERT + +#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFC001) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_I2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == I2C_IT_TXIS) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_NACKF) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_STOPF) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TC) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_TCR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_BERR) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ARLO) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_OVR) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ALERT)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_ReloadEndMode_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Reload_Mode I2C_CR2_RELOAD +#define I2C_AutoEnd_Mode I2C_CR2_AUTOEND +#define I2C_SoftEnd_Mode ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + + +#define IS_RELOAD_END_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Reload_Mode) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_AutoEnd_Mode) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_SoftEnd_Mode)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_StartStopMode_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_No_StartStop ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define I2C_Generate_Stop I2C_CR2_STOP +#define I2C_Generate_Start_Read (uint32_t)(I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_RD_WRN) +#define I2C_Generate_Start_Write I2C_CR2_START + + +#define IS_START_STOP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Generate_Stop) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Generate_Start_Read) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Generate_Start_Write) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_No_StartStop)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); +void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_StopModeCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Mask); +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_SlaveByteControlCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_SlaveAddressConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address); +void I2C_10BitAddressingModeCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Communications handling functions ******************************************/ +void I2C_AutoEndCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_ReloadCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_NumberOfBytesConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Number_Bytes); +void I2C_MasterRequestConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_Direction); +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_10BitAddressHeaderCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint8_t I2C_GetAddressMatched(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); +uint16_t I2C_GetTransferDirection(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); +void I2C_TransferHandling(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Number_Bytes, uint32_t ReloadEndMode, uint32_t StartStopMode); + +/* SMBUS management functions ************************************************/ +void I2C_SMBusAlertCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_TimeoutAConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Timeout); +void I2C_TimeoutBConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Timeout); +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_PECRequestCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* I2C registers management functions *****************************************/ +uint32_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register); + +/* Data transfers management functions ****************************************/ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data); +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F37X_I2C_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_iwdg.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_iwdg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc3fc94 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_iwdg.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_iwdg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the IWDG + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_IWDG_H +#define __STM32F37X_IWDG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup IWDG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_WriteAccess + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable ((uint16_t)0x5555) +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(ACCESS) (((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || \ + ((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_16 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_32 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_64 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_128 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_256 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_128)|| \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Flag + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_FLAG_PVU IWDG_SR_PVU +#define IWDG_FLAG_RVU IWDG_SR_RVU +#define IWDG_FLAG_WVU IWDG_SR_WVU +#define IS_IWDG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_PVU) || ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_RVU) || \ + ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_WVU)) + +#define IS_IWDG_RELOAD(RELOAD) ((RELOAD) <= 0xFFF) + +#define IS_IWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0xFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ******************************/ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess); +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler); +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload); +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void); +void IWDG_SetWindowValue(uint16_t WindowValue); + +/* IWDG activation function ***************************************************/ +void IWDG_Enable(void); + +/* Flag management function ***************************************************/ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F37X_IWDG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_misc.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_misc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9beedb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_misc.h @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_misc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous + * firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions). + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_MISC_H +#define __STM32F37X_MISC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup MISC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief NVIC Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel; /*!< Specifies the IRQ channel to be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref IRQn_Type + (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please + refer to stm32f37x.h file) */ + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority; /*!< Specifies the pre-emption priority for the IRQ channel + specified in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref NVIC_Priority_Table + A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority; /*!< Specifies the subpriority level for the IRQ channel specified + in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref NVIC_Priority_Table + A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ + + FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd; /*!< Specifies whether the IRQ channel defined in NVIC_IRQChannel + will be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ +} NVIC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * +@verbatim + The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according + to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function + ============================================================================================================================ + NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description + ============================================================================================================================ + NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 4 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 3 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 2 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 1 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 0 bits for subpriority + ============================================================================================================================ +@endverbatim +*/ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Vector_Table_Base + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_VectTab_RAM ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define NVIC_VectTab_FLASH ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(VECTTAB) (((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_RAM) || \ + ((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_FLASH)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_System_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_NVIC_LP(LP) (((LP) == NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Preemption_Priority_Group + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 ((uint32_t)0x700) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority + 4 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 ((uint32_t)0x600) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority + 3 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 ((uint32_t)0x500) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority + 2 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 ((uint32_t)0x400) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority + 1 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 ((uint32_t)0x300) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority + 0 bits for subpriority */ + +#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4)) + +#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) < 0x000FFFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_SysTick_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB) +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) || \ + ((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup); +void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct); +void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset); +void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState); +void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F37X_MISC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_pwr.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_pwr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9af54d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_pwr.h @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_pwr.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the PWR firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_PWR_H +#define __STM32F37X_PWR_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWR + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_detection_level + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_PVDLevel_0 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV0 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_1 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV1 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_2 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV2 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_3 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV3 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_4 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV4 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_5 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV5 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_6 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV6 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_7 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV7 + +#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_0) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_1)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_3)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_5)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_WakeUp_Pins + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_WakeUpPin_1 PWR_CSR_EWUP1 +#define PWR_WakeUpPin_2 PWR_CSR_EWUP2 +#define PWR_WakeUpPin_3 PWR_CSR_EWUP3 +#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_1) || \ + ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_2) || \ + ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_SDADC_Analog + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_SDADCAnalog_1 PWR_CR_SDADC1EN +#define PWR_SDADCAnalog_2 PWR_CR_SDADC2EN +#define PWR_SDADCAnalog_3 PWR_CR_SDADC3EN +#define IS_PWR_SDADC_ANALOG(SDADC) (((SDADC) == PWR_SDADCAnalog_1) || \ + ((SDADC) == PWR_SDADCAnalog_2) || \ + ((SDADC) == PWR_SDADCAnalog_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_is_Sleep_STOP_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_Regulator_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define PWR_Regulator_LowPower PWR_CR_LPSDSR +#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_ON) || \ + ((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_LowPower)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_SLEEP_mode_entry + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_STOP_mode_entry + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Flag + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_FLAG_WU PWR_CSR_WUF +#define PWR_FLAG_SB PWR_CSR_SBF +#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO PWR_CSR_PVDO +#define PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY PWR_CSR_VREFINTRDYF + +#define IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB) || \ + ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_PVDO) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY)) + +#define IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the PWR configuration to the default reset state ******/ +void PWR_DeInit(void); + +/* Backup Domain Access function **********************************************/ +void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* PVD configuration functions ************************************************/ +void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel); +void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* WakeUp pins configuration function ****************************************/ +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPin, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* SDADC Analog configuration function ****************************************/ +void PWR_SDADCAnalogCmd(uint32_t PWR_SDADCAnalog, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Low Power modes configuration functions ************************************/ +void PWR_EnterSleepMode(uint8_t PWR_SLEEPEntry); +void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry); +void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void); + +/* Flags management functions *************************************************/ +FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); +void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F37X_PWR_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_rcc.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_rcc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bd575f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_rcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,603 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_rcc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RCC + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_RCC_H +#define __STM32F37X_RCC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency; + uint32_t HCLK_Frequency; + uint32_t PCLK1_Frequency; + uint32_t PCLK2_Frequency; + uint32_t ADCCLK_Frequency; + uint32_t SDADCCLK_Frequency; + uint32_t CECCLK_Frequency; + uint32_t I2C1CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t I2C2CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t USART1CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t USART2CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t USART3CLK_Frequency; +}RCC_ClocksTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_HSE_configuration + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_HSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_HSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_HSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IS_RCC_HSE(HSE) (((HSE) == RCC_HSE_OFF) || ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_ON) || \ + ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_Bypass)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_PLL_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2 RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSI_Div2 +#define RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1 RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_PREDIV1 + +#define IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_PLL_Multiplication_Factor + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_PLLMul_2 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL2 +#define RCC_PLLMul_3 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL3 +#define RCC_PLLMul_4 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL4 +#define RCC_PLLMul_5 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL5 +#define RCC_PLLMul_6 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6 +#define RCC_PLLMul_7 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL7 +#define RCC_PLLMul_8 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL8 +#define RCC_PLLMul_9 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL9 +#define RCC_PLLMul_10 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL10 +#define RCC_PLLMul_11 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL11 +#define RCC_PLLMul_12 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL12 +#define RCC_PLLMul_13 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL13 +#define RCC_PLLMul_14 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL14 +#define RCC_PLLMul_15 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL15 +#define RCC_PLLMul_16 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL16 +#define IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_2) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_3) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_4) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_5) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_6) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_7) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_8) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_9) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_10) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_11) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_12) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_13) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_14) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_15) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_PREDIV1_division_factor + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div1 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV1 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div2 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV2 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div3 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV3 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div4 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV4 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div5 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV5 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div6 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV6 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div7 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV7 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div8 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV8 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div9 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV9 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div10 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV10 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div11 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV11 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div12 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV12 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div13 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV13 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div14 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV14 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div15 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV15 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div16 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV16 + +#define IS_RCC_PREDIV1(PREDIV1) (((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div1) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div2) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div3) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div4) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div5) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div6) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div7) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div8) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div9) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div10) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div11) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div12) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div13) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div14) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div15) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_System_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI RCC_CFGR_SW_HSI +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE RCC_CFGR_SW_HSE +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL +#define IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div1 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div2 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV2 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div4 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV4 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div8 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV8 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div16 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV16 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div64 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV64 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div128 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV128 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div256 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV256 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div512 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV512 +#define IS_RCC_HCLK(HCLK) (((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div1) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div2) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div4) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div8) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div16) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div64) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div128) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div256) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div512)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_APB2_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_HCLK_Div1 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV1 +#define RCC_HCLK_Div2 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2 +#define RCC_HCLK_Div4 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV4 +#define RCC_HCLK_Div8 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV8 +#define RCC_HCLK_Div16 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV16 +#define IS_RCC_PCLK(PCLK) (((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div1) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div2) || \ + ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div4) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div8) || \ + ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_ADC_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_PCLK2_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_PCLK2_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RCC_PCLK2_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RCC_PCLK2_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) + +#define IS_RCC_ADCCLK(ADCCLK) (((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div2) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div4) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div6) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div8)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_SDADC_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x88000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x90000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x98000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div10 ((uint32_t)0xA0000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div12 ((uint32_t)0xA8000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div14 ((uint32_t)0xB0000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0xB8000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div20 ((uint32_t)0xC0000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div24 ((uint32_t)0xC8000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div28 ((uint32_t)0xD0000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div32 ((uint32_t)0xD8000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div36 ((uint32_t)0xE0000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div40 ((uint32_t)0xE8000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div44 ((uint32_t)0xF0000000) +#define RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div48 ((uint32_t)0xF8000000) + +#define IS_RCC_SDADCCLK(SDADCCLK) (((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div2) || ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div4) || \ + ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div6) || ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div8) || \ + ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div10) || ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div12) || \ + ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div14) || ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div16) || \ + ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div20) || ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div24) || \ + ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div28) || ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div32) || \ + ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div36) || ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div40) || \ + ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div44) || ((SDADCCLK) == RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div48)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_CEC_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_CECCLK_HSI_Div244 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_CECCLK_LSE RCC_CFGR3_CECSW + +#define IS_RCC_CECCLK(CECCLK) (((CECCLK) == RCC_CECCLK_HSI_Div244) || ((CECCLK) == RCC_CECCLK_LSE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_I2C_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_I2C1CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_I2C1CLK_SYSCLK RCC_CFGR3_I2C1SW + +#define RCC_I2C2CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define RCC_I2C2CLK_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x10000020) + +#define IS_RCC_I2CCLK(I2CCLK) (((I2CCLK) == RCC_I2C1CLK_HSI) || ((I2CCLK) == RCC_I2C1CLK_SYSCLK) || \ + ((I2CCLK) == RCC_I2C2CLK_HSI) || ((I2CCLK) == RCC_I2C2CLK_SYSCLK)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_USART_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_USART1CLK_PCLK ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define RCC_USART1CLK_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x10000001) +#define RCC_USART1CLK_LSE ((uint32_t)0x10000002) +#define RCC_USART1CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x10000003) + +#define RCC_USART2CLK_PCLK ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define RCC_USART2CLK_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x20010000) +#define RCC_USART2CLK_LSE ((uint32_t)0x20020000) +#define RCC_USART2CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x20030000) + +#define RCC_USART3CLK_PCLK ((uint32_t)0x30000000) +#define RCC_USART3CLK_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x30040000) +#define RCC_USART3CLK_LSE ((uint32_t)0x30080000) +#define RCC_USART3CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x300C0000) + +#define IS_RCC_USARTCLK(USARTCLK) (((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART1CLK_PCLK) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART1CLK_SYSCLK) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART1CLK_LSE) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART1CLK_HSI) ||\ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART2CLK_PCLK) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART2CLK_SYSCLK) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART2CLK_LSE) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART2CLK_HSI) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART3CLK_PCLK) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART3CLK_SYSCLK) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART3CLK_LSE) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART3CLK_HSI)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Interrupt_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_IT_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_IT_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RCC_IT_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RCC_IT_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define RCC_IT_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define RCC_IT_CSS ((uint8_t)0x80) + +#define IS_RCC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0xC0) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_RCC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RCC_IT_LSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSERDY) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSERDY) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_CSS)) + + +#define IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x40) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_LSE_Configuration + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_LSE_OFF ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_LSE_ON RCC_BDCR_LSEON +#define RCC_LSE_Bypass ((uint32_t)(RCC_BDCR_LSEON | RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP)) +#define IS_RCC_LSE(LSE) (((LSE) == RCC_LSE_OFF) || ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_ON) || \ + ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_Bypass)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_RTC_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL_LSE +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL_LSI +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div32 RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL_HSE + +#define IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div32)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_LSE_Drive_Configuration + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_LSEDrive_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_LSEDrive_MediumLow RCC_BDCR_LSEDRV_0 +#define RCC_LSEDrive_MediumHigh RCC_BDCR_LSEDRV_1 +#define RCC_LSEDrive_High RCC_BDCR_LSEDRV +#define IS_RCC_LSE_DRIVE(DRIVE) (((DRIVE) == RCC_LSEDrive_Low) || ((DRIVE) == RCC_LSEDrive_MediumLow) || \ + ((DRIVE) == RCC_LSEDrive_MediumHigh) || ((DRIVE) == RCC_LSEDrive_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB_Peripherals + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA RCC_AHBENR_GPIOAEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB RCC_AHBENR_GPIOBEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC RCC_AHBENR_GPIOCEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD RCC_AHBENR_GPIODEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE RCC_AHBENR_GPIOEEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF RCC_AHBENR_GPIOFEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_TS RCC_AHBENR_TSEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC RCC_AHBENR_CRCEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF RCC_AHBENR_FLITFEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM RCC_AHBENR_SRAMEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2 RCC_AHBENR_DMA2EN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 RCC_AHBENR_DMA1EN + +#define IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFE81FFA8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RCC_AHB_RST_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFE81FFFF) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB2_Peripherals + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG RCC_APB2ENR_SYSCFGEN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1 RCC_APB2ENR_ADC1EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 RCC_APB2ENR_SPI1EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 RCC_APB2ENR_USART1EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15 RCC_APB2ENR_TIM15EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16 RCC_APB2ENR_TIM16EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17 RCC_APB2ENR_TIM17EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM19 RCC_APB2ENR_TIM19EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SDADC1 RCC_APB2ENR_SDADC1EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SDADC2 RCC_APB2ENR_SDADC2EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SDADC3 RCC_APB2ENR_SDADC3EN + +#define IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xF8F08DFE) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM2EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM3EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM4EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM5EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM6EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM7EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM12EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM13EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM14EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM18 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM18EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG RCC_APB1ENR_WWDGEN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 RCC_APB1ENR_SPI2EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3 RCC_APB1ENR_SPI3EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 RCC_APB1ENR_USART2EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 RCC_APB1ENR_USART3EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 RCC_APB1ENR_I2C1EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 RCC_APB1ENR_I2C2EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USB RCC_APB1ENR_USBEN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1 RCC_APB1ENR_CAN1EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_DAC2 RCC_APB1ENR_DAC2EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_PWR RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_DAC1 RCC_APB1ENR_DAC1EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_CEC RCC_APB1ENR_CECEN + +#define IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x89193400) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_MCO_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_MCOSource_NoClock ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_MCOSource_LSI ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RCC_MCOSource_LSE ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RCC_MCOSource_HSI ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define RCC_MCOSource_HSE ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK_Div2 ((uint8_t)0x07) + +#define IS_RCC_MCO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_NoClock) ||((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK) ||\ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_HSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_HSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_LSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_LSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK_Div2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_USB_Device_clock_source + * @{ + */ + + #define RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5 ((uint8_t)0x00) + #define RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1 ((uint8_t)0x01) + + #define IS_RCC_USBCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Flag + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_FLAG_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x11) +#define RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x19) +#define RCC_FLAG_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x21) +#define RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x41) +#define RCC_FLAG_V18PWRRSTF ((uint8_t)0x57) +#define RCC_FLAG_OBLRST ((uint8_t)0x59) +#define RCC_FLAG_PINRST ((uint8_t)0x5A) +#define RCC_FLAG_PORRST ((uint8_t)0x5B) +#define RCC_FLAG_SFTRST ((uint8_t)0x5C) +#define RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x5D) +#define RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x5E) +#define RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST ((uint8_t)0x5F) + +#define IS_RCC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_OBLRST) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PINRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PORRST) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_V18PWRRSTF)) + +#define IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x1F) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state */ +void RCC_DeInit(void); + +/* Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions *********/ +void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE); +ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void); +void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue); +void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_LSEConfig(uint32_t RCC_LSE); +void RCC_LSEDriveConfig(uint32_t RCC_LSEDrive); +void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t RCC_PLLMul); +void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_PREDIV1Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Div); +void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCOSource); + +/* System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions ******************/ +void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource); +uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void); +void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK); +void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); +void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); +void RCC_ADCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_PCLK2); +void RCC_SDADCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SDADCCLK); +void RCC_CECCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_CECCLK); +void RCC_I2CCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2CCLK); +void RCC_USARTCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USARTCLK); +void RCC_USBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBCLKSource); +void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks); + +/* Peripheral clocks configuration functions **********************************/ +void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource); +void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG); +void RCC_ClearFlag(void); +ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT); +void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F37X_RCC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_sdadc.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_sdadc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d33b12 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_sdadc.h @@ -0,0 +1,455 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_sdadc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SDADC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_SDADC_H +#define __STM32F37X_SDADC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SDADC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief SDADC Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SDADC_Channel; /*!< Select the regular channel. + This parameter can be any value of @ref SDADC_Channel_Selection */ + + FunctionalState SDADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in + Continuous or Single mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState SDADC_FastConversionMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in + fast mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + +}SDADC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief SDADC Analog Inputs Configuration structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SDADC_InputMode; /*!< Specifies the input structure type (single ended, differential...) + This parameter can be any value of @ref SDADC_InputMode */ + + uint32_t SDADC_Gain; /*!< Specifies the gain setting. + This parameter can be any value of @ref SDADC_Gain */ + + uint32_t SDADC_CommonMode; /*!< Specifies the common mode setting (VSSA, VDDA, VDDA/2). + This parameter can be any value of @ref SDADC_CommonMode */ + + uint32_t SDADC_Offset; /*!< Specifies the 12-bit offset value. + This parameter can be any value lower or equal to 0x00000FFF */ +}SDADC_AINStructTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SDADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SDADC1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SDADC2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SDADC3)) + +#define IS_SDADC_SLAVE_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SDADC2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SDADC3)) + +/** @defgroup SDADC_Channel_Selection + * @{ + */ + +/* SDADC Channels ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* The SDADC channels are defined as follow: + - in 16-bit LSB the channel mask is set + - in 16-bit MSB the channel number is set + e.g. for channel 5 definition: + - the channel mask is 0x00000020 (bit 5 is set) + - the channel number 5 is 0x00050000 + --> Consequently, channel 5 definition is 0x00000020 | 0x00050000 = 0x00050020 */ +#define SDADC_Channel_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define SDADC_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010002) +#define SDADC_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020004) +#define SDADC_Channel_3 ((uint32_t)0x00030008) +#define SDADC_Channel_4 ((uint32_t)0x00040010) +#define SDADC_Channel_5 ((uint32_t)0x00050020) +#define SDADC_Channel_6 ((uint32_t)0x00060040) +#define SDADC_Channel_7 ((uint32_t)0x00070080) +#define SDADC_Channel_8 ((uint32_t)0x00080100) + +/* Just one channel of the 9 channels can be selected for regular conversion */ +#define IS_SDADC_REGULAR_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == SDADC_Channel_0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == SDADC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == SDADC_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == SDADC_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == SDADC_Channel_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == SDADC_Channel_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == SDADC_Channel_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == SDADC_Channel_7) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == SDADC_Channel_8)) + +/* Any or all of the 9 channels can be selected for injected conversion */ +#define IS_SDADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) != 0) && ((CHANNEL) <= 0x000F01FF)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_Conf + * @{ + */ + +#define SDADC_Conf_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Configuration 0 selected */ +#define SDADC_Conf_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Configuration 1 selected */ +#define SDADC_Conf_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Configuration 2 selected */ + +#define IS_SDADC_CONF(CONF) (((CONF) == SDADC_Conf_0) || \ + ((CONF) == SDADC_Conf_1) || \ + ((CONF) == SDADC_Conf_2)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_InputMode + * @{ + */ + +#define SDADC_InputMode_Diff ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversions are executed in differential mode */ +#define SDADC_InputMode_SEOffset SDADC_CONF0R_SE0_0 /*!< Conversions are executed in single ended offset mode */ +#define SDADC_InputMode_SEZeroReference SDADC_CONF0R_SE0 /*!< Conversions are executed in single ended zero-volt reference mode */ + +#define IS_SDADC_INPUT_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDADC_InputMode_Diff) || \ + ((MODE) == SDADC_InputMode_SEOffset) || \ + ((MODE) == SDADC_InputMode_SEZeroReference)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_Gain + * @{ + */ + +#define SDADC_Gain_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Gain equal to 1 */ +#define SDADC_Gain_2 SDADC_CONF0R_GAIN0_0 /*!< Gain equal to 2 */ +#define SDADC_Gain_4 SDADC_CONF0R_GAIN0_1 /*!< Gain equal to 4 */ +#define SDADC_Gain_8 ((uint32_t)0x00300000) /*!< Gain equal to 8 */ +#define SDADC_Gain_16 SDADC_CONF0R_GAIN0_2 /*!< Gain equal to 16 */ +#define SDADC_Gain_32 ((uint32_t)0x00500000) /*!< Gain equal to 32 */ +#define SDADC_Gain_1_2 SDADC_CONF0R_GAIN0 /*!< Gain equal to 1/2 */ + +#define IS_SDADC_GAIN(GAIN) (((GAIN) == SDADC_Gain_1) || \ + ((GAIN) == SDADC_Gain_2) || \ + ((GAIN) == SDADC_Gain_4) || \ + ((GAIN) == SDADC_Gain_8) || \ + ((GAIN) == SDADC_Gain_16) || \ + ((GAIN) == SDADC_Gain_32) || \ + ((GAIN) == SDADC_Gain_1_2)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_CommonMode + * @{ + */ + +#define SDADC_CommonMode_VSSA ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select SDADC VSSA as common mode */ +#define SDADC_CommonMode_VDDA_2 SDADC_CONF0R_COMMON0_0 /*!< Select SDADC VDDA/2 as common mode */ +#define SDADC_CommonMode_VDDA SDADC_CONF0R_COMMON0_1 /*!< Select SDADC VDDA as common mode */ + +#define IS_SDADC_COMMON_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDADC_CommonMode_VSSA) || \ + ((MODE) == SDADC_CommonMode_VDDA_2) || \ + ((MODE) == SDADC_CommonMode_VDDA)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_Offset + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SDADC_OFFSET_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x00000FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_ExternalTrigger_sources + * @{ + */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T13_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC1 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T14_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC1 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T16_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC3 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T17_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC2 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T12_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC2 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T12_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC3 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T15_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC1 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC2 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC3 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC1 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC2 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC3 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC1 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC2 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC3 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T19_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC1 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T19_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC2 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T19_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC3 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT11 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC1, SDADC2 and SDADC3 */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Trigger source for SDADC1, SDADC2 and SDADC3 */ + +#define IS_SDADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T13_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T14_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T16_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T17_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T12_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T12_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T15_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC3) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC3) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T19_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T19_CC3) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T19_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT11) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_external_trigger_edge_for_injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None ((uint32_t) 0x00000000) +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising SDADC_CR2_JEXTEN_0 +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling SDADC_CR2_JEXTEN_1 +#define SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling SDADC_CR2_JEXTEN + +#define IS_SDADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None) || \ + ((EDGE) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling) || \ + ((EDGE) == SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_DMATransfer_modes + * @{ + */ +#define SDADC_DMATransfer_Regular SDADC_CR1_RDMAEN /*!< DMA requests enabled for regular conversions */ +#define SDADC_DMATransfer_Injected SDADC_CR1_JDMAEN /*!< DMA requests enabled for injected conversions */ + +#define IS_SDADC_DMA_TRANSFER(TRANSFER) (((TRANSFER) == SDADC_DMATransfer_Regular) || \ + ((TRANSFER) == SDADC_DMATransfer_Injected)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_CalibrationSequence + * @{ + */ +#define SDADC_CalibrationSequence_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< One calibration sequence to calculate offset of conf0 (OFFSET0[11:0]) */ +#define SDADC_CalibrationSequence_2 SDADC_CR2_CALIBCNT_0 /*!< Two calibration sequences to calculate offset of conf0 and conf1 (OFFSET0[11:0] and OFFSET1[11:0]) */ +#define SDADC_CalibrationSequence_3 SDADC_CR2_CALIBCNT_1 /*!< Three calibration sequences to calculate offset of conf0, conf1 and conf2 (OFFSET0[11:0], OFFSET1[11:0], and OFFSET2[11:0]) */ + +#define IS_SDADC_CALIB_SEQUENCE(SEQUENCE) (((SEQUENCE) == SDADC_CalibrationSequence_1) || \ + ((SEQUENCE) == SDADC_CalibrationSequence_2) || \ + ((SEQUENCE) == SDADC_CalibrationSequence_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_VREF + * @{ + */ + +#define SDADC_VREF_Ext ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< The reference voltage is forced externally using VREF pin */ +#define SDADC_VREF_VREFINT1 SDADC_CR1_REFV_0 /*!< The reference voltage is forced internally to 1.22V VREFINT */ +#define SDADC_VREF_VREFINT2 SDADC_CR1_REFV_1 /*!< The reference voltage is forced internally to 1.8V VREFINT */ +#define SDADC_VREF_VDDA SDADC_CR1_REFV /*!< The reference voltage is forced internally to VDDA */ + +#define IS_SDADC_VREF(VREF) (((VREF) == SDADC_VREF_Ext) || \ + ((VREF) == SDADC_VREF_VREFINT1) || \ + ((VREF) == SDADC_VREF_VREFINT2) || \ + ((VREF) == SDADC_VREF_VDDA)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SDADC_IT_EOCAL ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< End of calibration flag */ +#define SDADC_IT_JEOC ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< End of injected conversion flag */ +#define SDADC_IT_JOVR ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Injected conversion overrun flag */ +#define SDADC_IT_REOC ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< End of regular conversion flag */ +#define SDADC_IT_ROVR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Regular conversion overrun flag */ + +#define IS_SDADC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFE0) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) + +#define IS_SDADC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SDADC_IT_EOCAL) || ((IT) == SDADC_IT_JEOC) || \ + ((IT) == SDADC_IT_JOVR) || ((IT) == SDADC_IT_REOC) || \ + ((IT) == SDADC_IT_ROVR)) + +#define IS_SDADC_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFEA) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDADC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SDADC_FLAG_EOCAL ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< End of calibration flag */ +#define SDADC_FLAG_JEOC ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< End of injected conversion flag */ +#define SDADC_FLAG_JOVR ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Injected conversion overrun flag */ +#define SDADC_FLAG_REOC ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< End of regular conversion flag */ +#define SDADC_FLAG_ROVR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Regular conversion overrun flag */ +#define SDADC_FLAG_CALIBIP ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Calibration in progress status */ +#define SDADC_FLAG_JCIP ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Injected conversion in progress status */ +#define SDADC_FLAG_RCIP ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Regular conversion in progress status */ +#define SDADC_FLAG_STABIP ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Stabilization in progress status */ +#define SDADC_FLAG_INITRDY ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< Initialization mode is ready */ + +#define IS_SDADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFE0) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) + +#define IS_SDADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SDADC_FLAG_EOCAL) || ((FLAG) == SDADC_FLAG_JEOC) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDADC_FLAG_JOVR) || ((FLAG)== SDADC_FLAG_REOC) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDADC_FLAG_ROVR) || ((FLAG)== SDADC_FLAG_CALIBIP) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDADC_FLAG_JCIP) || ((FLAG)== SDADC_FLAG_RCIP) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDADC_FLAG_STABIP) || ((FLAG)== SDADC_FLAG_INITRDY)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the SDADC configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void SDADC_DeInit(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void SDADC_Init(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, SDADC_InitTypeDef* SDADC_InitStruct); +void SDADC_StructInit(SDADC_InitTypeDef* SDADC_InitStruct); +void SDADC_AINInit(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_Conf, SDADC_AINStructTypeDef* SDADC_AINStruct); +void SDADC_AINStructInit(SDADC_AINStructTypeDef* SDADC_AINStruct); +void SDADC_ChannelConfig(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_Channel, uint32_t SDADC_Conf); +void SDADC_Cmd(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SDADC_InitModeCmd(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SDADC_FastConversionCmd(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SDADC_VREFSelect(uint32_t SDADC_VREF); +void SDADC_CalibrationSequenceConfig(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_CalibrationSequence); +void SDADC_StartCalibration(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx); + +/* Regular Channels Configuration functions ***********************************/ +void SDADC_ChannelSelect(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_Channel); +void SDADC_ContinuousModeCmd(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SDADC_SoftwareStartConv(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx); +int16_t SDADC_GetConversionValue(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx); +void SDADC_RegularSynchroSDADC1(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t SDADC_GetConversionSDADC12Value(void); +uint32_t SDADC_GetConversionSDADC13Value(void); + +/* Injected channels Configuration functions **********************************/ +void SDADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx); +void SDADC_InjectedChannelSelect(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_Channel); +void SDADC_DelayStartInjectedConvCmd(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SDADC_InjectedContinuousModeCmd(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SDADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv); +void SDADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge); +uint32_t SDADC_GetInjectedChannel(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx); +int16_t SDADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t* SDADC_Channel); +void SDADC_InjectedSynchroSDADC1(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t SDADC_GetInjectedConversionSDADC12Value(void); +uint32_t SDADC_GetInjectedConversionSDADC13Value(void); + +/* Power saving functions *****************************************************/ +void SDADC_PowerDownCmd(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SDADC_StandbyCmd(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SDADC_SlowClockCmd(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Regular/Injected Channels DMA Configuration functions **********************/ +void SDADC_DMAConfig(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_DMATransfer, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void SDADC_ITConfig(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus SDADC_GetFlagStatus(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_FLAG); +void SDADC_ClearFlag(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_FLAG); +ITStatus SDADC_GetITStatus(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_IT); +void SDADC_ClearITPendingBit(SDADC_TypeDef* SDADCx, uint32_t SDADC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F37X_SDADC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_spi.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_spi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..710ad94 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_spi.h @@ -0,0 +1,586 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_spi.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPI + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_SPI_H +#define __STM32F37X_SPI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief SPI Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t SPI_Direction; /*!< Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_direction */ + + uint16_t SPI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the SPI mode (Master/Slave). + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_mode */ + + uint16_t SPI_DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SPI data size. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_size */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */ + + uint16_t SPI_NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by + hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */ + + uint16_t SPI_BaudRatePrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be + used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler + @note The communication clock is derived from the master + clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */ + + uint16_t SPI_FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */ + + uint16_t SPI_CRCPolynomial; /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. */ +}SPI_InitTypeDef; + + +/** + * @brief I2S Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t I2S_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2S operating mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_Mode */ + + uint16_t I2S_Standard; /*!< Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_Standard */ + + uint16_t I2S_DataFormat; /*!< Specifies the data format for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_Data_Format */ + + uint16_t I2S_MCLKOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_MCLK_Output */ + + uint32_t I2S_AudioFreq; /*!< Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_Audio_Frequency */ + + uint16_t I2S_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_I2S_Clock_Polarity */ +}I2S_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3)) + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx ((uint16_t)0xC000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Mode_Master ((uint16_t)0x0104) +#define SPI_Mode_Slave ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Master) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Slave)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_DataSize_4b ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define SPI_DataSize_5b ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_DataSize_6b ((uint16_t)0x0500) +#define SPI_DataSize_7b ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define SPI_DataSize_8b ((uint16_t)0x0700) +#define SPI_DataSize_9b ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define SPI_DataSize_10b ((uint16_t)0x0900) +#define SPI_DataSize_11b ((uint16_t)0x0A00) +#define SPI_DataSize_12b ((uint16_t)0x0B00) +#define SPI_DataSize_13b ((uint16_t)0x0C00) +#define SPI_DataSize_14b ((uint16_t)0x0D00) +#define SPI_DataSize_15b ((uint16_t)0x0E00) +#define SPI_DataSize_16b ((uint16_t)0x0F00) +#define IS_SPI_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_4b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_5b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_6b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_7b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_8b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_9b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_10b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_11b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_12b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_13b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_14b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_15b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_16b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_length + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CRCLength_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CRCLength_16b SPI_CR1_CRCL +#define IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == SPI_CRCLength_8b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == SPI_CRCLength_16b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPOL_High SPI_CR1_CPOL +#define IS_SPI_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_Low) || \ + ((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPHA_2Edge SPI_CR1_CPHA +#define IS_SPI_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_1Edge) || \ + ((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_2Edge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSS_Soft SPI_CR1_SSM +#define SPI_NSS_Hard ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_NSS(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Soft) || \ + ((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Hard)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16 ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64 ((uint16_t)0x0028) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256 ((uint16_t)0x0038) +#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_FirstBit_LSB SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST +#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_MSB) || \ + ((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_LSB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_Mode_SlaveTx ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_Mode_SlaveRx ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define I2S_Mode_MasterTx ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2S_Mode_MasterRx ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_I2S_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx) || \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx) || \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterTx)|| \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterRx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Standard + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_Standard_Phillips ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_Standard_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define I2S_Standard_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define I2S_Standard_PCMShort ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define I2S_Standard_PCMLong ((uint16_t)0x00B0) +#define IS_I2S_STANDARD(STANDARD) (((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_Phillips) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_MSB) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_LSB) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMShort) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMLong)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Data_Format + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_DataFormat_16b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_DataFormat_16bextended ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define I2S_DataFormat_24b ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define I2S_DataFormat_32b ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16b) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16bextended) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_24b) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_32b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_MCLK_Output + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable SPI_I2SPR_MCKOE +#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Audio_Frequency + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_AudioFreq_192k ((uint32_t)192000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_96k ((uint32_t)96000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_48k ((uint32_t)48000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_44k ((uint32_t)44100) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_32k ((uint32_t)32000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_22k ((uint32_t)22050) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_16k ((uint32_t)16000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_11k ((uint32_t)11025) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_8k ((uint32_t)8000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_Default ((uint32_t)2) + +#define IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(FREQ) ((((FREQ) >= I2S_AudioFreq_8k) && \ + ((FREQ) <= I2S_AudioFreq_192k)) || \ + ((FREQ) == I2S_AudioFreq_Default)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_CPOL_High SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL +#define IS_I2S_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_Low) || \ + ((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_FIFO_reception_threshold + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_HF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_QF SPI_CR2_FRXTH +#define IS_SPI_RX_FIFO_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) (((THRESHOLD) == SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_HF) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_QF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_DMA_transfer_requests + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN +#define IS_SPI_I2S_DMA_REQ(REQ) ((((REQ) & (uint16_t)0xFFFC) == 0x00) && ((REQ) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_last_DMA_transfers + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxEven ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxEven ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxOdd ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxOdd ((uint16_t)0x6000) +#define IS_SPI_LAST_DMA_TRANSFER(TRANSFER) (((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxEven) || \ + ((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxEven) || \ + ((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxOdd) || \ + ((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxOdd)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup SPI_NSS_internal_software_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set SPI_CR1_SSI +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF) +#define IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(INTERNAL) (((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set) || \ + ((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Transmit_Receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CRC_Tx ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SPI_CRC_Rx ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_SPI_CRC(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Tx) || ((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Rx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_direction_transmit_receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_Rx ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) +#define SPI_Direction_Tx ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Rx) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_IT_TXE ((uint8_t)0x71) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE ((uint8_t)0x60) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_ERR ((uint8_t)0x50) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_ERR)) + +#define I2S_IT_UDR ((uint8_t)0x53) +#define SPI_IT_MODF ((uint8_t)0x55) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_OVR ((uint8_t)0x56) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_FRE ((uint8_t)0x58) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_OVR) || ((IT) == SPI_IT_MODF) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_FRE)|| ((IT) == I2S_IT_UDR)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SPI_transmission_fifo_status_level + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Empty ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_HalfFull ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Full ((uint16_t)0x1800) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_reception_fifo_status_level + * @{ + */ +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Empty ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_HalfFull ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Full ((uint16_t)0x0600) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE SPI_SR_RXNE +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE SPI_SR_TXE +#define I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE SPI_SR_CHSIDE +#define I2S_FLAG_UDR SPI_SR_UDR +#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR SPI_SR_CRCERR +#define SPI_FLAG_MODF SPI_SR_MODF +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR SPI_SR_OVR +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY SPI_SR_BSY +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE SPI_SR_FRE + + + +#define IS_SPI_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR)) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE)|| ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_UDR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_polynomial + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) >= 0x1) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); +void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_NSSPulseModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize); +void SPI_RxFIFOThresholdConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_RxFIFOThreshold); +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction); +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft); +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void SPI_SendData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t Data); +void SPI_I2S_SendData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data); +uint8_t SPI_ReceiveData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* Hardware CRC Calculation functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_CRCLengthConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_CRCLength); +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_LastDMATransferCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_LastDMATransfer); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t SPI_GetTransmissionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_GetReceptionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F37X_SPI_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_syscfg.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_syscfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..391161e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_syscfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_syscfg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SYSCFG firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/*!< Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_SYSCFG_H +#define __STM32F37X_SYSCFG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/*!< Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SYSCFG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Port_Sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF ((uint8_t)0x05) + +#define IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Pin_sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define EXTI_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define EXTI_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define EXTI_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define EXTI_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define EXTI_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define EXTI_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define EXTI_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define EXTI_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define EXTI_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define EXTI_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) + +#define IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Memory_Remap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemMemory ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM ((uint8_t)0x03) + + +#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemMemory) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_DMA_Remap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM17_DMA_RMP /* Remap TIM17 DMA requests from channel1 to channel2 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM16 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM16_DMA_RMP /* Remap TIM16 DMA requests from channel3 to channel4 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM6DAC1Ch1 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM6DAC1Ch1_DMA_RMP /* Remap TIM6/DAC1 Ch1 DMA requests from DMA2 channel3 to DMA1 channel3 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM7DAC1Ch2 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM7DAC1Ch2_DMA_RMP /* Remap TIM7/DAC1 Ch2 DMA requests from DMA2 channel4 to DMA1 channel4 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM18DAC2Ch1 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM18DAC2Ch1_DMA_RMP /* Remap TIM18/DAC2 Ch1 DMA requests from DMA2 channel5 to DMA1 channel5 */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_DMA_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM16) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM6DAC1Ch1) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM7DAC1Ch2) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM18DAC2Ch1)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_I2C_FastModePlus_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB6 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_FMP_PB6 /* Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB6 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB7 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_FMP_PB7 /* Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB7 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB8 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_FMP_PB8 /* Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB8 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB9 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_FMP_PB9 /* Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB9 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_FMP_I2C1 /* Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C1 pins */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_FMP_I2C2 /* Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C2 pins */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_I2C_FMP(PIN) (((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB6) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB7) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB8) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB9) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_FPU_Interrupt_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_IXC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_5 /*!< Inexact Interrupt enable (interrupt disabled by default) */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_IDC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_4 /*!< Input denormal Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_OFC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_3 /*!< Overflow Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_UFC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_2 /*!< Underflow Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_DZC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_1 /*!< Divide-by-zero Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_IOC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_0 /*!< Invalid operation Interrupt enable */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0x03FFFFFF) == 0) && ((IT) != 0)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Lock_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_Break_PVD SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVD_LOCK /*!< Connects the PVD event to the Break Input of TIM15/TIM16/TIM17 */ +#define SYSCFG_Break_SRAMParity SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PARITY_LOCK /*!< Connects the SRAM_PARITY error signal to the Break Input of TIM15/TIM16/TIM17 */ +#define SYSCFG_Break_Lockup SYSCFG_CFGR2_LOCKUP_LOCK /*!< Connects Lockup output of CortexM4 to the break input of TIM15/TIM16/TIM17 */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_LOCK_CONFIG(CONFIG) (((CONFIG) == SYSCFG_Break_PVD) || \ + ((CONFIG) == SYSCFG_Break_SRAMParity) || \ + ((CONFIG) == SYSCFG_Break_Lockup)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SYSCFG_FLAG_PE SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PE + +#define IS_SYSCFG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SYSCFG_FLAG_PE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the SYSCFG configuration to the default reset state **/ +void SYSCFG_DeInit(void); + +/* SYSCFG configuration functions *********************************************/ +void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap); +void SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_DMARemap, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlusConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_VBATMonitoringCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_ITConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex); +void SYSCFG_BreakConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_Break); +FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag); +void SYSCFG_ClearFlag(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F37X_SYSCFG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_tim.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_tim.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02fd8d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_tim.h @@ -0,0 +1,1195 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_tim.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the TIM + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_TIM_H +#define __STM32F37X_TIM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief TIM Time Base Init structure definition + * @note This structure is used with all TIMx except for TIM6, TIM7 and TIM18. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t TIM_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_CounterMode; /*!< Specifies the counter mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */ + + uint32_t TIM_Period; /*!< Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active + Auto-Reload Register at the next update event. + This parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF + ( or 0xFFFFFFFF for TIM2 and TIM5) */ + + uint16_t TIM_ClockDivision; /*!< Specifies the clock division. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */ + + uint8_t TIM_RepetitionCounter; /*!< Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter + reaches zero, an update event is generated and counting restarts + from the RCR value (N). + This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds to: + - the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode + - the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode + This parameter must be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF. + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 . */ + +} TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Output Compare Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t TIM_OCMode; /*!< Specifies the TIM mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */ + + uint16_t TIM_OutputState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_OutputNState; /*!< Specifies the TIM complementary Output Compare state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_state + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. */ + + uint32_t TIM_Pulse; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF ( or 0xFFFFFFFF + for TIM2) */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity; /*!< Specifies the output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity; /*!< Specifies the complementary output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCNIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. */ + +} TIM_OCInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Input Capture Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t TIM_Channel; /*!< Specifies the TIM channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Channel */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICSelection; /*!< Specifies the input. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xF */ +} TIM_ICInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM_BDTR structure definition + * @note This structure is used only with TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t TIM_OSSRState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State selection used in Run mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_OSSIState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State used in Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_LOCKLevel; /*!< Specifies the LOCK level parameters. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Lock_level */ + + uint16_t TIM_DeadTime; /*!< Specifies the delay time between the switching-off and the + switching-on of the outputs. + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_Break; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Break input is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable */ + + uint16_t TIM_BreakPolarity; /*!< Specifies the TIM Break Input pin polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_AutomaticOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Automatic Output feature is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */ + +} TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef; + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM12)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM13)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM14)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM17)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM18)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM19)) + +/* LIST1: TIM 14 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == TIM14) + +/* LIST2: TIM 15 16 and 17 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM17)) + +/* LIST3: TIM 2, 3, 4, 5 and 19 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM19)) + +/* LIST4: TIM 2, 3, 4, 5, 15, 16, 17 and 19*/ +#define IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM17) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM19)) + +/* LIST5: TIM 2, 3, 4, 5, 15 and 19 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM19)) + +/* LIST6: TIM 2, 3, 4, 5, 12, 15 and 19 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM12)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM19)) + +/* LIST7: TIM 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12, 15, 18 and 19 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST7_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM12)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM18)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM19)) + +/* LIST8: TIM 2, 3, 4, 5, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 19 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM12)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM13)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM14)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM17)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM19)) + +/* LIST9: TIM 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 15, 16, 17, 18 and 19 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST9_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM17)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM18)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM19)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCMode_Timing ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCMode_Active ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_OCMode_Inactive ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_OCMode_Toggle ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM1 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM2 ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_OC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2)) +#define IS_TIM_OCM(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_One_Pulse_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OPMode_Single ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OPMode_Repetitive ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Single) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Repetitive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Channel + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Channel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_Channel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_Channel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_Channel_4 ((uint16_t)0x000C) +#define IS_TIM_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_4)) +#define IS_TIM_PWMI_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2)) +#define IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Division_CKD + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CKD_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV1) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV2) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Counter_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CounterMode_Up ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CounterMode_Down ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Up) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Down) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_High) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCNPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCNPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_High) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OutputState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OutputState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OutputNState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OutputNState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CCx_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_CCx_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_CCX(CCX) (((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Enable) || \ + ((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_N_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CCxN_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_CCxN_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_CCXN(CCXN) (((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Enable) || \ + ((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break_Enable ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_Break_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_Break_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_BreakPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_BreakPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Lock_level + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_1) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_2) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OSSIState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_OSSIState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OSSRState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_OSSRState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_OCIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Set) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Set) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling)) +#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY_LITE(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling)|| \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively. */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_TRC ((uint16_t)0x0003) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_TRC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Capture performed once every 2 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Capture performed once every 4 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< Capture performed once every 8 events. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_IT_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_IT_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_IT_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_IT_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_IT_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_IT_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_IT_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_IT_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_TIM_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) + +#define IS_TIM_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == TIM_IT_Update) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC1) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC2) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC3) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC4) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_COM) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_Trigger) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_Break)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Base_address + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABase_CR1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABase_CR2 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_DMABase_SMCR ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_DMABase_DIER ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define TIM_DMABase_SR ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_DMABase_EGR ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 ((uint16_t)0x0006) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 ((uint16_t)0x0007) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCER ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_DMABase_CNT ((uint16_t)0x0009) +#define TIM_DMABase_PSC ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define TIM_DMABase_ARR ((uint16_t)0x000B) +#define TIM_DMABase_RCR ((uint16_t)0x000C) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR1 ((uint16_t)0x000D) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR2 ((uint16_t)0x000E) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR3 ((uint16_t)0x000F) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_DMABase_BDTR ((uint16_t)0x0011) +#define TIM_DMABase_DCR ((uint16_t)0x0012) +#define TIM_DMABase_OR ((uint16_t)0x0013) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BASE) (((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SMCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DIER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_EGR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CNT) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_PSC) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_ARR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_RCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR3) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR4) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_BDTR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_OR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DCR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Burst_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0500) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0700) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0900) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0A00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0B00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0C00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0D00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0E00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0F00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1100) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMA_Update ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMA_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMA_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMA_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMA_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMA_COM ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define TIM_DMA_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0x80FF) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x3000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Internal_Trigger_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TS_ITR0 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TS_ITR1 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TS_ITR2 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TS_ITR3 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TS_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1F_ED) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1FP1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI2FP2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ETRF)) +#define IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_TIx_External_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_TIM_TIXCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Prescaler_Reload_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update) || \ + ((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Forced_Action + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI12 ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI12)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup TIM_Event_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EventSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_EventSource_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_EventSource_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_EventSource_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Update_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Global ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow + or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation + through the slave mode controller. */ +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Regular ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. */ +#define IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Global) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Regular)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Preload_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPreload_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OCPreload_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Fast_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCFast_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_OCFast_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Disable)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Clear_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCClear_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_OCClear_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Output_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Reset) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Enable) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Update) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Gated ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0006) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_External1 ((uint16_t)0x0007) +#define IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Reset) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Gated) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_External1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_FLAG_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_FLAG_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_FLAG_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_FLAG_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Update) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_COM) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Trigger) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Break) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4OF)) + + +#define IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIM_FLAG) ((((TIM_FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xE100) == 0x0000) && ((TIM_FLAG) != 0x0000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Filer_Value + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(EXTFILTER) ((EXTFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OCReferenceClear + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCREFERENCECECLEAR_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Remap + * @{ + */ +#define TIM14_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM14_RTC_CLK ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM14_HSEDiv32 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM14_MCO ((uint16_t)0x0003) + +#define IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_REMAP) (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM14_GPIO)|| \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM14_RTC_CLK) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM14_HSEDiv32) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM14_MCO)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* TimeBase management ********************************************************/ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode); +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode); +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter); +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload); +uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource); +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode); +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD); +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Advanced-control timers (TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17) specific features*******************/ +void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct); +void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct); +void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Output Compare management **************************************************/ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode); +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1); +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2); +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3); +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4); +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_SelectOCREFClear(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCReferenceClear); +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx); +void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN); +void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Input Capture management ***************************************************/ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); + +/* Interrupts, DMA and flags management ***************************************/ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource); +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength); +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Clocks management **********************************************************/ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + + +/* Synchronization management *************************************************/ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + +/* Specific interface management **********************************************/ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity); +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Specific remapping management **********************************************/ +void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F37X_TIM_H */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_usart.h b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_usart.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cdfc73 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f37x_usart.h @@ -0,0 +1,592 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_usart.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the USART + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F37X_USART_H +#define __STM32F37X_USART_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup USART + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +/** + * @brief USART Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t USART_BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the USART communication baud rate. + The baud rate is computed using the following formula: + - IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (16 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))) + - FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((uint32_t) IntegerDivider)) * 16) + 0.5 */ + + uint32_t USART_WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */ + + uint32_t USART_StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */ + + uint32_t USART_Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity + @note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted + at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when + the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the + word length is set to 8 data bits). */ + + uint32_t USART_Mode; /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */ + + uint32_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled + or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control*/ +} USART_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief USART Clock Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t USART_Clock; /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */ + + uint32_t USART_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint32_t USART_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */ + + uint32_t USART_LastBit; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted + data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */ +} USART_ClockInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3)) + + +/** @defgroup USART_Word_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WordLength_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_WordLength_9b USART_CR1_M +#define IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_8b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_9b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Stop_Bits + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_StopBits_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_StopBits_2 USART_CR2_STOP_1 +#define USART_StopBits_1_5 (USART_CR2_STOP_0 | USART_CR2_STOP_1) +#define IS_USART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_2) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1_5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Parity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Parity_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_Parity_Even USART_CR1_PCE +#define USART_Parity_Odd (USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS) +#define IS_USART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == USART_Parity_No) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Even) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Odd)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Mode_Rx USART_CR1_RE +#define USART_Mode_Tx USART_CR1_TE +#define IS_USART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF3) == 0x00) && \ + ((MODE) != (uint32_t)0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Hardware_Flow_Control + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS USART_CR3_RTSE +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS USART_CR3_CTSE +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE) +#define IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\ + (((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Clock_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_Clock_Enable USART_CR2_CLKEN +#define IS_USART_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Disable) || \ + ((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPOL_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_CPOL_High USART_CR2_CPOL +#define IS_USART_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_Low) || ((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_High)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPHA_1Edge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_CPHA_2Edge USART_CR2_CPHA +#define IS_USART_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_1Edge) || ((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_2Edge)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Last_Bit + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LastBit_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_LastBit_Enable USART_CR2_LBCL +#define IS_USART_LASTBIT(LASTBIT) (((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Disable) || \ + ((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Requests + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DMAReq_Tx USART_CR3_DMAT +#define USART_DMAReq_Rx USART_CR3_DMAR +#define IS_USART_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF3F) == 0x00) && \ + ((DMAREQ) != (uint32_t)0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Recception_Error + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DMAOnError_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_DMAOnError_Disable USART_CR3_DDRE +#define IS_USART_DMAONERROR(DMAERROR) (((DMAERROR) == USART_DMAOnError_Disable)|| \ + ((DMAERROR) == USART_DMAOnError_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_MuteMode_WakeUp_methods + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark USART_CR1_WAKE +#define IS_USART_MUTEMODE_WAKEUP(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_IdleLine) || \ + ((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_AddressMark)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Address_Detection + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_AddressLength_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_AddressLength_7b USART_CR2_ADDM7 +#define IS_USART_ADDRESS_DETECTION(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == USART_AddressLength_4b) || \ + ((ADDRESS) == USART_AddressLength_7b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_StopMode_WakeUp_methods + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WakeUpSource_AddressMatch ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_WakeUpSource_StartBit USART_CR3_WUS_1 +#define USART_WakeUpSource_RXNE (USART_CR3_WUS_0 | USART_CR3_WUS_1) +#define IS_USART_STOPMODE_WAKEUPSOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == USART_WakeUpSource_AddressMatch) || \ + ((SOURCE) == USART_WakeUpSource_StartBit) || \ + ((SOURCE) == USART_WakeUpSource_RXNE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b USART_CR2_LBDL +#define IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) \ + (((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_IrDA_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower USART_CR3_IRLP +#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_LowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_Normal)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DE_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DEPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_DEPolarity_Low USART_CR3_DEP +#define IS_USART_DE_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == USART_DEPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == USART_DEPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Inversion_Pins + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_InvPin_Tx USART_CR2_TXINV +#define USART_InvPin_Rx USART_CR2_RXINV +#define IS_USART_INVERSTION_PIN(PIN) ((((PIN) & (uint32_t)0xFFFCFFFF) == 0x00) && \ + ((PIN) != (uint32_t)0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_AutoBaudRate_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge USART_CR2_ABRMODE_0 +#define IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_OVR_DETECTION + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_OVRDetection_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_OVRDetection_Disable USART_CR3_OVRDIS +#define IS_USART_OVRDETECTION(OVR) (((OVR) == USART_OVRDetection_Enable)|| \ + ((OVR) == USART_OVRDetection_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup USART_Request + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Request_ABRRQ USART_RQR_ABRRQ +#define USART_Request_SBKRQ USART_RQR_SBKRQ +#define USART_Request_MMRQ USART_RQR_MMRQ +#define USART_Request_RXFRQ USART_RQR_RXFRQ +#define USART_Request_TXFRQ USART_RQR_TXFRQ + +#define IS_USART_REQUEST(REQUEST) (((REQUEST) == USART_Request_TXFRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_RXFRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_MMRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_SBKRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_ABRRQ)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Flags + * @{ + */ +#define USART_FLAG_REACK USART_ISR_REACK +#define USART_FLAG_TEACK USART_ISR_TEACK +#define USART_FLAG_WU USART_ISR_WUF +#define USART_FLAG_RWU USART_ISR_RWU +#define USART_FLAG_SBK USART_ISR_SBKF +#define USART_FLAG_CM USART_ISR_CMF +#define USART_FLAG_BUSY USART_ISR_BUSY +#define USART_FLAG_ABRF USART_ISR_ABRF +#define USART_FLAG_ABRE USART_ISR_ABRE +#define USART_FLAG_EOB USART_ISR_EOBF +#define USART_FLAG_RTO USART_ISR_RTOF +#define USART_FLAG_nCTSS USART_ISR_CTS +#define USART_FLAG_CTS USART_ISR_CTSIF +#define USART_FLAG_LBD USART_ISR_LBD +#define USART_FLAG_TXE USART_ISR_TXE +#define USART_FLAG_TC USART_ISR_TC +#define USART_FLAG_RXNE USART_ISR_RXNE +#define USART_FLAG_IDLE USART_ISR_IDLE +#define USART_FLAG_ORE USART_ISR_ORE +#define USART_FLAG_NE USART_ISR_NE +#define USART_FLAG_FE USART_ISR_FE +#define USART_FLAG_PE USART_ISR_PE +#define IS_USART_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TXE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RXNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_nCTSS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RTO) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_EOB) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ABRE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ABRF) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_BUSY) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CM) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_SBK) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RWU) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_WU) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TEACK)|| ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_REACK)) + +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RTO) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_EOB) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CM) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Interrupt_definition + * @brief USART Interrupt definition + * USART_IT possible values + * Elements values convention: 0xZZZZYYXX + * XX: Position of the corresponding Interrupt + * YY: Register index + * ZZZZ: Flag position + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IT_WU ((uint32_t)0x00140316) +#define USART_IT_CM ((uint32_t)0x0011010E) +#define USART_IT_EOB ((uint32_t)0x000C011B) +#define USART_IT_RTO ((uint32_t)0x000B011A) +#define USART_IT_PE ((uint32_t)0x00000108) +#define USART_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)0x00070107) +#define USART_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00060106) +#define USART_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x00050105) +#define USART_IT_IDLE ((uint32_t)0x00040104) +#define USART_IT_LBD ((uint32_t)0x00080206) +#define USART_IT_CTS ((uint32_t)0x0009030A) +#define USART_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x00000300) +#define USART_IT_ORE ((uint32_t)0x00030300) +#define USART_IT_NE ((uint32_t)0x00020300) +#define USART_IT_FE ((uint32_t)0x00010300) + +#define IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ERR) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_RTO) || ((IT) == USART_IT_EOB) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CM) || ((IT) == USART_IT_WU)) + +#define IS_USART_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_FE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_RTO) || ((IT) == USART_IT_EOB) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CM) || ((IT) == USART_IT_WU)) + +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_FE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_RTO) || ((IT) == USART_IT_EOB) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CM) || ((IT) == USART_IT_WU)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Global_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_USART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) (((BAUDRATE) > 0) && ((BAUDRATE) < 0x005B8D81)) +#define IS_USART_DE_ASSERTION_DEASSERTION_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0x1F) +#define IS_USART_AUTO_RETRY_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 0x7) +#define IS_USART_TIMEOUT(TIMEOUT) ((TIMEOUT) <= 0x00FFFFFF) +#define IS_USART_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0x1FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DirectionModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DirectionMode, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler); +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_MSBFirstCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DataInvCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_InvPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_InvPin, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SWAPPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_ReceiverTimeOutCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetReceiverTimeOut(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_ReceiverTimeOut); + +/* STOP Mode functions ********************************************************/ +void USART_STOPModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUpSource); + +/* AutoBaudRate functions *****************************************************/ +void USART_AutoBaudRateCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_AutoBaudRateConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AutoBaudRate); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data); +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Multi-Processor Communication functions ************************************/ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address); +void USART_MuteModeWakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUp); +void USART_MuteModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_AddressDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AddressLength); +/* LIN mode functions *********************************************************/ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength); +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Half-duplex mode function **************************************************/ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Smartcard mode functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime); +void USART_SetAutoRetryCount(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_AutoCount); +void USART_SetBlockLength(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_BlockLength); + +/* IrDA mode functions ********************************************************/ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IrDAMode); +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* RS485 mode functions *******************************************************/ +void USART_DECmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DEPolarityConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEPolarity); +void USART_SetDEAssertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEAssertionTime); +void USART_SetDEDeassertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEDeassertionTime); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DMAReceptionErrorConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAOnError); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_RequestCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_Request, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_OverrunDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_OVRDetection); +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG); +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG); +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT); +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F37X_USART_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_adc.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d4989e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1485 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Analog Watchdog configuration + * + Temperature Sensor, Vrefint (Internal Reference Voltage) + * and VBAT (Voltage battery) management + * + Regular Channels Configuration + * + Regular Channels DMA Configuration + * + Injected channels Configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim +================================================================================ + ##### How to use this driver ##### +================================================================================ + [..] + (#) Enable the ADC interface clock using + RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, ENABLE); + (#) ADC pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function: + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + (++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using GPIO_Init(); + (#) Configure the data alignment using the ADC_Init() function. + (#) Activate the ADC peripheral using ADC_Cmd() function. + + *** Regular channels group configuration *** + ============================================ + [..] + (+) To configure the ADC regular channels group features, use + ADC_Init() and ADC_RegularChannelConfig() functions. + (+) To activate the continuous mode, use the ADC_ContinuousModeCmd() + function. + (+) To configure and activate the Discontinuous mode, use the + ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig() and ADC_DiscModeCmd() functions. + (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the ADC_GetConversionValue() + function. + + *** DMA for Regular channels group features configuration *** + ============================================================= + [..] + (+) To enable the DMA mode for regular channels group, use the + ADC_DMACmd() function. + + *** Injected channels group configuration *** + ============================================= + [..] + (+) To configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use + ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() function. + (+) To activate the Injected Discontinuous mode, use the + ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd() function. + (+) To activate the AutoInjected mode, use the ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd() + function. + (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue() function. + + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_adc.h" +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC + * @brief ADC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* CR2 register Mask */ +#define ADC_CR2_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFF1F7FD) +/* ADC SQRx mask */ +#define ADC_SQR_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +/* ADC JSQRx mask */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +/* ADC SMPRx mask */ +#define ADC_SMPR_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +/* ADC JDRx registers offset */ +#define ADC_JDR_OFFSET ((uint8_t)0x28) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Scan Conversion Mode (multichannels or one channel) for regular group + (+) ADC Continuous Conversion Mode (Continuous or Single conversion) for + regular group + (+) External trigger Edge and source of regular group, + (+) Converted data alignment (left or right) + (+) The number of ADC conversions that will be done using the sequencer + for regular channel group + (+) Enable or disable the ADC peripheral + (+) Start/Reset the calibration + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the ADCx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Enable ADC1 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, ENABLE); + /* Release ADC1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_InitStruct. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint8_t tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel)); + + /*---------------------------- ADCx CR1 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx CR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear SCAN bit */ + tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_SCAN); + /* Configure ADCx: scan conversion mode */ + /* Set SCAN bit according to ADC_ScanConvMode value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode << 8); + /* Write to ADCx CR1 */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; + + /*---------------------------- ADCx CR2 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx CR2 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR2; + /* Clear CONT, ALIGN and EXTSEL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ADC_CR2_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure ADCx: external trigger event and continuous conversion mode */ + /* Set ALIGN bit according to ADC_DataAlign value */ + /* Set EXTSEL bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConv value */ + /* Set CONT bit according to ADC_ContinuousConvMode value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign | ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv | + ((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode << 1)); + /* Write to ADCx CR2 */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg1; + + /*---------------------------- ADCx SQR1 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx SQR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + /* Clear L bits */ + tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t) (~ADC_SQR1_L); + /* Configure ADCx: regular channel sequence length */ + /* Set L bits according to ADC_NbrOfChannel value */ + tmpreg2 |= (uint8_t) (ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel - (uint8_t)1); + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)tmpreg2 << 20; + /* Write to ADCx SQR1 */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each ADC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param ADC_InitStruct : pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset ADC init structure parameters values */ + /* initialize the ADC_ScanConvMode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode = DISABLE; + /* Initialize the ADC_ContinuousConvMode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode = DISABLE; + /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConv member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv = ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T19_TRGO; + /* Initialize the ADC_DataAlign member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right; + /* Initialize the ADC_NbrOfChannel member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel = 1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC peripheral. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ADON bit to wake up the ADC from power down mode */ + ADCx->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_ADON; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC peripheral */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_ADON); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the selected ADC calibration process. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StartCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Enable the selected ADC calibration process */ + ADCx->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_CAL; +} + +/** + * @brief Resets the selected ADC calibration registers. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ResetCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Resets the selected ADC calibration registers */ + ADCx->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_RSTCAL; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group2 Analog Watchdog configuration functions + * @brief Analog Watchdog configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Analog Watchdog configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the Analog Watchdog + (AWD) feature in the ADC. + + [..] A typical configuration Analog Watchdog is done following these steps : + (#) The ADC guarded channel(s) is (are) selected using the + ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig() function. + (#) The Analog watchdog lower and higher threshold are configured using + the ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig() function. + (#) The Analog watchdog is enabled and configured to enable the check, + on one or more channels, using the ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the analog watchdog on single/all regular + * or injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_AnalogWatchdog: the ADC analog watchdog configuration. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular or injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular and injected channels + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None: No channel guarded by the analog watchdog + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(ADC_AnalogWatchdog)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear AWDEN, AWDENJ and AWDSGL bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (~(ADC_CR1_JAWDEN | ADC_CR1_AWDEN | ADC_CR1_AWDSGL)); + /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */ + tmpreg |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @param LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, + uint16_t LowThreshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(LowThreshold)); + /* Set the ADCx high threshold */ + ADCx->HTR = HighThreshold; + /* Set the ADCx low threshold */ + ADCx->LTR = LowThreshold; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the analog watchdog guarded single channel + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_AWDCH); + /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ + tmpreg |= ADC_Channel; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group3 Temperature Sensor- Vrefint (Internal Reference Voltage) and VBAT management function + * @brief Temperature Sensor- Vrefint (Internal Reference Voltage) and VBAT management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and VBAT management function ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides a function allowing to enable/ disable the internal + connections between the ADC and the Temperature Sensor, the Vrefint + and the VBAT sources. + + [..] A typical configuration to get the Temperature sensor and Vrefint channels + voltages is done following these steps : + (#) Enable the internal connection of Temperature sensor and Vrefint sources + with the ADC channels using ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd() function. + Enable the internal connection of VBAT using SYSCFG_VBATMonitoringCmd(ENABLE); + (#) Select the ADC_Channel_TempSensor and/or ADC_Channel_Vrefint and/or + ADC_Channel_Vbat using ADC_RegularChannelConfig() + or ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() functions + (#) Get the voltage values, using ADC_GetConversionValue() or + ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel. + * @param NewState: new state of the temperature sensor. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ + ADC1->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_TSVREFE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ + ADC1->CR2 &= (uint32_t) (~ADC_CR2_TSVREFE); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group4 Regular Channels Configuration functions + * @brief Regular Channels Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Regular Channels Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to manage the ADC regular channels, + it is composed of 2 sub sections : + + (#) Configuration and management functions for regular channels: This subsection + provides functions allowing to configure the ADC regular channels : + (++) Configure the rank in the regular group sequencer for each channel + (++) Configure the sampling time for each channel + (++) select the conversion Trigger for regular channels + (++) select the desired EOC event behavior configuration + (++) Activate the continuous Mode (*) + (++) Activate the Discontinuous Mode + -@@- Please Note that the following features for regular channels + are configured using the ADC_Init() function : + (+@@) scan mode activation + (+@@) continuous mode activation (**) + (+@@) External trigger source + (+@@) External trigger edge + (+@@) number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer. + + -@@- (*) and (**) are performing the same configuration + + (#) Get the conversion data: This subsection provides an important function in + the ADC peripheral since it returns the converted data of the current + regular channel. When the Conversion value is read, the EOC Flag is + automatically cleared. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the regular group sequencer. This parameter must be between 1 to 16. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5: Sample time equal to 1.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5: Sample time equal to 7.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5: Sample time equal to 13.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5: Sample time equal to 28.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5: Sample time equal to 41.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5: Sample time equal to 55.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5: Sample time equal to 71.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5: Sample time equal to 239.5 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_17 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SMPR_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Set the new channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SMPR_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Set the new channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 1 to 6 */ + if (Rank < 7) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR3; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SQR_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 1)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 1)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR3 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 7 to 12 */ + else if (Rank < 13) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SQR_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 7)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 7)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 13 to 16 */ + else + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SQR_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 13)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 13)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADCx conversion through external trigger. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC external trigger start of conversion. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion on external event */ + ADCx->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t) (~ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC software start conversion . + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion on external event and start the selected + ADC conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_CR2_SWSTART | ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG); + +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC software start conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Check the status of SWSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_SWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* SWSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SWSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SWSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADC continuous conversion mode + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC continuous conversion mode + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_CONT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_CONT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the discontinuous mode for the selected ADC regular + * group channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param Number: specifies the discontinuous mode regular channel + * count value. This number must be between 1 and 8. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(Number)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_DISCNUM); + /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg2 = Number - 1; + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 13; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode on regular group + * channel for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode + * on regular group channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_DISCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_DISCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADCx conversion result data for regular channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Return the selected ADC conversion value */ + return (uint16_t) ADCx->DR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group5 Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + * @brief Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA for + ADC regular channels. Since converted regular channel values are stored + into a unique data register, it is useful to use DMA for conversion of + more than one regular channel. This avoids the loss of the data already + stored in the ADC Data register. + When the DMA mode is enabled (using the ADC_DMACmd() function), after + each conversion of a regular channel, a DMA request is generated. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC DMA request. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_DMA; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t) (~ADC_CR2_DMA); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group6 Injected channels Configuration functions + * @brief Injected channels Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Injected channels Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the ADC Injected + channels, it is composed of 2 sub sections : + (#) Configuration functions for Injected channels: This subsection provides + functions allowing to configure the ADC injected channels : + (++) Configure the rank in the injected group sequencer for each channel + (++) Configure the sampling time for each channel + (++) Activate the Auto injected Mode + (++) Activate the Discontinuous Mode + (++) Scan mode activation + (++) External/software trigger source + (++) External trigger edge + (++) Injected channels sequencer. + + (#) Get the Specified Injected channel conversion data: This subsection + provides an important function in the ADC peripheral since it returns + the converted data of the specific injected channel. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the injected group sequencer. This parameter must be between 1 and 4. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5: Sample time equal to 1.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5: Sample time equal to 7.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5: Sample time equal to 13.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5: Sample time equal to 28.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5: Sample time equal to 41.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5: Sample time equal to 55.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5: Sample time equal to 71.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5: Sample time equal to 239.5 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0, tmpreg3 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_17 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SMPR_SMP_SET << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Set the new channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SMPR_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Set the new channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* Rank configuration */ + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + /* Get JL value: Number = JL+1 */ + tmpreg3 = (tmpreg1 & ADC_JSQR_JL)>> 20; + /* Calculate the mask to clear: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_JSQR_JSQ_SET << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); + /* Clear the old JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); + /* Set the JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the sequencer length for injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param Length: The sequencer length. + * This parameter must be a number between 1 to 4. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(Length)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + /* Clear the old injected sequence length JL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_JSQR_JL); + /* Set the injected sequence length JL bits */ + tmpreg2 = Length - 1; + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 20; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the injected channels conversion value offset + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the ADC injected channel to set its offset. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @param ADC_Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC injected channel + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t ADC_Offset) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(ADC_Offset)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; + tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel; + + /* Set the selected injected channel data offset */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = (uint32_t)ADC_Offset; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger for injected channels conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv: specifies the ADC trigger to start injected conversion. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO: Timer1 TRGO event selected (for ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4: Timer1 capture compare4 selected (for ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO: Timer2 TRGO event selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1: Timer2 capture compare1 selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4: Timer3 capture compare4 selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO: Timer4 TRGO event selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15_TIM8_CC4: External interrupt line 15 or Timer8 + * capture compare4 event selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3: Timer4 capture compare3 selected (for ADC3 only) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2: Timer8 capture compare2 selected (for ADC3 only) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4: Timer8 capture compare4 selected (for ADC3 only) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO: Timer5 TRGO event selected (for ADC3 only) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4: Timer5 capture compare4 selected (for ADC3 only) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_None: Injected conversion started by software and not + * by external trigger (for ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3) + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; + /* Clear the old external event selection for injected group */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (~ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL); + /* Set the external event selection for injected group */ + tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADCx injected channels conversion through + * external trigger + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC external trigger start of + * injected conversion. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC external event selection for injected group */ + ADCx->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC external event selection for injected group */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC start of the injected + * channels conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC software start injected conversion. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for injected group on external event and start the selected + ADC injected conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (ADC_CR2_JSWSTART | ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event for injected group and stop the selected + ADC injected conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t) ~(ADC_CR2_JSWSTART | ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start injected conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC software start injected conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Check the status of JSWSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_JSWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* JSWSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* JSWSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the JSWSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group + * conversion after regular one. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC auto injected conversion + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JAUTO; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_JAUTO); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode for injected group + * channel for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode + * on injected group channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JDISCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t) (~ADC_CR1_JDISCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the ADC injected channel conversion result + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the converted ADC injected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; + tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel + ADC_JDR_OFFSET; + + /* Returns the selected injected channel conversion data value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the ADC Interrupts, + get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + [..] The ADC provide 4 Interrupts sources and 9 Flags which can be divided + into 3 groups: + + *** Flags and Interrupts for ADC regular channels *** + ===================================================== + [..] + (+)Flags : + (##) ADC_FLAG_EOC : Regular channel end of conversion to indicate + the end of sequence of regular GROUP conversions + (##) ADC_FLAG_STRT: Regular channel start to indicate when regular + CHANNEL conversion starts. + + (+)Interrupts : + (##) ADC_IT_EOC : specifies the interrupt source for Regular channel + end of conversion event. + + + *** Flags and Interrupts for ADC Injected channels *** + ====================================================== + [..] + (+)Flags : + (##) ADC_FLAG_JEOC : Injected channel end of conversion to indicate + at the end of injected GROUP conversion + (##) ADC_FLAG_JSTRT : Injected channel start to indicate when injected + GROUP conversion starts. + + (+)Interrupts : + (##) ADC_IT_JEOC : specifies the interrupt source for Injected channel + end of conversion event. + + *** General Flags and Interrupts for the ADC *** + ================================================ + [..] + (+)Flags : + (##) ADC_FLAG_AWD : Analog watchdog + to indicate if the converted voltage + crosses the programmed thresholds values. + (+)Interrupts : + (##) ADC_IT_AWD : specifies the interrupt source for Analog watchdog event. + + [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to + manage the ADC controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + [..] In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) ADC_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + (+) ADC_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + + [..] In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) ADC_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + (+) ADC_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + (+) ADC_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit + (corresponding Flag). +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC interrupts. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified ADC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint8_t itmask = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = (uint8_t)ADC_IT; + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->CR1 |= itmask; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (~(uint32_t)itmask); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag + * @retval The new state of ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + /* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */ + if ((ADCx->SR & ADC_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* ADC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's pending flags. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + /* Clear the selected ADC flags */ + ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)ADC_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @retval The new state of ADC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_IT(ADC_IT)); + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = ADC_IT >> 8; + /* Get the ADC_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (ADCx->CR1 & (uint8_t)ADC_IT) ; + /* Check the status of the specified ADC interrupt */ + if (((ADCx->SR & itmask) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* ADC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) +{ + uint8_t itmask = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = (uint8_t)(ADC_IT >> 8); + /* Clear the selected ADC interrupt pending bits */ + ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)itmask; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC calibration status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC calibration (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Check the status of CAL bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_CAL) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAL bit is set: calibration on going */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAL bit is reset: end of calibration */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the CAL bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC reset calibration registers status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC reset calibration registers (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetResetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Check the status of RSTCAL bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_RSTCAL) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* RSTCAL bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* RSTCAL bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the RSTCAL bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_can.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_can.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e020584 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_can.c @@ -0,0 +1,1669 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_can.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Controller area network (CAN) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + CAN Frames Transmission + * + CAN Frames Reception + * + Operation modes switch + * + Error management + * + Interrupts and flags + * + * @verbatim +================================================================================ + ##### How to use this driver ##### +================================================================================ + [..] + (#) Enable the CAN controller interface clock using + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, ENABLE); for CAN1 + + (#) CAN pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function: + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + (++) Connect the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_CANx); + (++) Configure these CAN pins in alternate function mode by calling + the function GPIO_Init(); + (#) Initialise and configure the CAN using CAN_Init() and + CAN_FilterInit() functions. + + (#) Transmit the desired CAN frame using CAN_Transmit() function. + + (#) Check the transmission of a CAN frame using CAN_TransmitStatus() + function. + + (#) Cancel the transmission of a CAN frame using CAN_CancelTransmit() + function. + + (#) Receive a CAN frame using CAN_Recieve() function. + + (#) Release the receive FIFOs using CAN_FIFORelease() function. + + (#) Return the number of pending received frames using + CAN_MessagePending() function. + + (#) To control CAN events you can use one of the following two methods: + (++) Check on CAN flags using the CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. + (++) Use CAN interrupts through the function CAN_ITConfig() at + initialization phase and CAN_GetITStatus() function into + interrupt routines to check if the event has occurred or not. + After checking on a flag you should clear it using CAN_ClearFlag() + function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should + clear it using CAN_ClearITPendingBit() function. + + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_can.h" +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN + * @brief CAN driver modules + * @{ + */ +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* CAN Master Control Register bits */ +#define MCR_DBF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* software master reset */ + +/* CAN Mailbox Transmit Request */ +#define TMIDxR_TXRQ ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Transmit mailbox request */ + +/* CAN Filter Master Register bits */ +#define FMR_FINIT ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Filter init mode */ + +/* Time out for INAK bit */ +#define INAK_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) +/* Time out for SLAK bit */ +#define SLAK_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) + +/* Flags in TSR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_TSR ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +/* Flags in RF1R register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_RF1R ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +/* Flags in RF0R register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_RF0R ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +/* Flags in MSR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_MSR ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +/* Flags in ESR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_ESR ((uint32_t)0x00F00000) + +/* Mailboxes definition */ +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) + +#define CAN_MODE_MASK ((uint32_t) 0x00000003) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit); + +/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (#) Initialize the CAN peripherals : Prescaler, operating mode, the maximum number + of time quanta to perform resynchronization, the number of time quanta in + Bit Segment 1 and 2 and many other modes. + (#) Configures the CAN reception filter. + (#) Select the start bank filter for slave CAN. + (#) Enables or disables the Debug Freeze mode for CAN + (#) Enables or disables the CAN Time Trigger Operation communication mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the CAN peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + if (CANx == CAN1) + { + /* Enable CAN1 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, ENABLE); + /* Release CAN1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, DISABLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_InitStruct. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the CAN peripheral. + * @retval Constant indicates initialization succeed which will be + * CAN_InitStatus_Failed or CAN_InitStatus_Success. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) +{ + uint8_t InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + uint32_t wait_ack = 0x00000000; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler)); + + /* Exit from sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Request initialisation */ + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_INRQ ; + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT)) + { + wait_ack++; + } + + /* Check acknowledge */ + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + /* Set the time triggered communication mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM; + } + + /* Set the automatic bus-off management */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_ABOM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_ABOM; + } + + /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_AWUM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_AWUM; + } + + /* Set the no automatic retransmission */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_NART; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_NART; + } + + /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_RFLM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_RFLM; + } + + /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TXFP; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TXFP; + } + + /* Set the bit timing register */ + CANx->BTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode << 30) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 << 20) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler - 1); + + /* Request leave initialisation */ + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ; + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + wait_ack = 0; + + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT)) + { + wait_ack++; + } + + /* ...and check acknowledged */ + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Success ; + } + } + + /* At this step, return the status of initialization */ + return InitStatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct. + * @param CAN_FilterInitStruct: pointer to a CAN_FilterInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t filter_number_bit_pos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation)); + + filter_number_bit_pos = ((uint32_t)1) << CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber; + + /* Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; + + /* Filter Deactivation */ + CAN1->FA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + + /* Filter Scale */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) + { + /* 16-bit scale for the filter */ + CAN1->FS1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + + /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */ + /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); + + /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */ + /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh); + } + + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_32bit) + { + /* 32-bit scale for the filter */ + CAN1->FS1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; + /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); + /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow); + } + + /* Filter Mode */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) + { + /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/ + CAN1->FM1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */ + { + /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/ + CAN1->FM1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Filter FIFO assignment */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO0) + { + /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */ + CAN1->FFA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO1) + { + /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */ + CAN1->FFA1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Filter activation */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation == ENABLE) + { + CAN1->FA1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each CAN_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure which ill be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset CAN init structure parameters values */ + + /* Initialize the time triggered communication mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the automatic bus-off management */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the automatic wake-up mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the no automatic retransmission */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the receive FIFO locked mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the transmit FIFO priority */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the CAN_Mode member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode = CAN_Mode_Normal; + + /* Initialize the CAN_SJW member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW = CAN_SJW_1tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_BS1 member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 = CAN_BS1_4tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_BS2 member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 = CAN_BS2_3tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_Prescaler member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler = 1; +} + +/** + * @brief Select the start bank filter for slave CAN. + * @param CAN_BankNumber: Select the start slave bank filter from 1..27. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(CAN_BankNumber)); + + /* Enter Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; + + /* Select the start slave bank */ + CAN1->FMR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFC0F1 ; + CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)(CAN_BankNumber)<<8; + + /* Leave Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DBG Freeze for CAN. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the CAN peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE (CAN reception/transmission is frozen + * during debug. Reception FIFOs can still be accessed/controlled normally) + * or DISABLE (CAN is working during debug). + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Debug Freeze */ + CANx->MCR |= MCR_DBF; + } + else + { + /* Disable Debug Freeze */ + CANx->MCR &= ~MCR_DBF; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CAN Time TriggerOperation communication mode. + * @note DLC must be programmed as 8 in order Time Stamp (2 bytes) to be + * sent over the CAN bus. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param NewState: Mode new state. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * When enabled, Time stamp (TIME[15:0]) value is sent in the last two + * data bytes of the 8-byte message: TIME[7:0] in data byte 6 and TIME[15:8] + * in data byte 7. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TTCM mode */ + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; + + /* Set TGT bits */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT0R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT1R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT2R_TGT); + } + else + { + /* Disable the TTCM mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM); + + /* Reset TGT bits */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT0R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT1R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT2R_TGT); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group2 CAN Frames Transmission functions + * @brief CAN Frames Transmission functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Frames Transmission functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (#) Initiate and transmit a CAN frame message (if there is an empty mailbox). + (#) Check the transmission status of a CAN Frame + (#) Cancel a transmit request + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param TxMessage: pointer to a structure which contains CAN Id, CAN DLC and CAN data. + * @retval The number of the mailbox that is used for transmission or + * CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox if there is no empty mailbox. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage) +{ + uint8_t transmit_mailbox = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(TxMessage->IDE)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(TxMessage->RTR)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(TxMessage->DLC)); + + /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ + if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) + { + transmit_mailbox = 0; + } + else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) + { + transmit_mailbox = 1; + } + else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2) + { + transmit_mailbox = 2; + } + else + { + transmit_mailbox = CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox; + } + + if (transmit_mailbox != CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox) + { + /* Set up the Id */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR &= TMIDxR_TXRQ; + if (TxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard) + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(TxMessage->StdId)); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->StdId << 21) | \ + TxMessage->RTR); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(TxMessage->ExtId)); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->ExtId << 3) | \ + TxMessage->IDE | \ + TxMessage->RTR); + } + + /* Set up the DLC */ + TxMessage->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F; + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0; + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR |= TxMessage->DLC; + + /* Set up the data field */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[3] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[2] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[1] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[0])); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[7] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[6] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[5] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[4])); + /* Request transmission */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= TMIDxR_TXRQ; + } + return transmit_mailbox; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks the transmission status of a CAN Frame. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param TransmitMailbox: the number of the mailbox that is used for transmission. + * @retval CAN_TxStatus_Ok if the CAN driver transmits the message, + * CAN_TxStatus_Failed in an other case. + */ +uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox) +{ + uint32_t state = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TransmitMailbox)); + + switch (TransmitMailbox) + { + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0); + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1); + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2); + break; + default: + state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + } + switch (state) + { + /* transmit pending */ + case (0x0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Pending; + break; + /* transmit failed */ + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TME0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TME1): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TME2): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + /* transmit succeeded */ + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + default: state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + } + return (uint8_t) state; +} + +/** + * @brief Cancels a transmit request. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param Mailbox: Mailbox number. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(Mailbox)); + /* abort transmission */ + switch (Mailbox) + { + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ0; + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ1; + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ2; + break; + default: + break; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group3 CAN Frames Reception functions + * @brief CAN Frames Reception functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Frames Reception functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (#) Receive a correct CAN frame + (#) Release a specified receive FIFO (2 FIFOs are available) + (#) Return the number of the pending received CAN frames + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @param RxMessage: pointer to a structure receive frame which contains CAN Id, + * CAN DLC, CAN data and FMI number. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + /* Get the Id */ + RxMessage->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + if (RxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard) + { + RxMessage->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21); + } + else + { + RxMessage->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3); + } + + RxMessage->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + /* Get the DLC */ + RxMessage->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; + /* Get the FMI */ + RxMessage->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8); + /* Get the data field */ + RxMessage->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; + RxMessage->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8); + RxMessage->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16); + RxMessage->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24); + RxMessage->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; + RxMessage->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8); + RxMessage->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16); + RxMessage->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24); + /* Release the FIFO */ + /* Release FIFO0 */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + CANx->RF0R |= CAN_RF0R_RFOM0; + } + /* Release FIFO1 */ + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + CANx->RF1R |= CAN_RF1R_RFOM1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Releases the specified receive FIFO. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: FIFO to release, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + /* Release FIFO0 */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + CANx->RF0R |= CAN_RF0R_RFOM0; + } + /* Release FIFO1 */ + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + CANx->RF1R |= CAN_RF1R_RFOM1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of pending received messages. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @retval NbMessage : which is the number of pending message. + */ +uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + uint8_t message_pending=0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF0R&(uint32_t)0x03); + } + else if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1) + { + message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF1R&(uint32_t)0x03); + } + else + { + message_pending = 0; + } + return message_pending; +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group4 CAN Operation modes functions + * @brief CAN Operation modes functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Operation modes functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to select the CAN Operation modes + (#) sleep mode + (#) normal mode + (#) initialization mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Selects the CAN Operation mode. + * @param CAN_OperatingMode: CAN Operating Mode. + * This parameter can be one of @ref CAN_OperatingMode_status. + * @retval status of the requested mode which can be + * - CAN_ModeStatus_Failed: CAN failed entering the specific mode + * - CAN_ModeStatus_Success: CAN Succeed entering the specific mode + */ +uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode) +{ + uint8_t status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + + /* Timeout for INAK or also for SLAK bits*/ + uint32_t timeout = INAK_TIMEOUT; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(CAN_OperatingMode)); + + if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) + { + /* Request initialisation */ + CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP)) | CAN_MCR_INRQ); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (timeout != 0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal) + { + /* Request leave initialisation and sleep mode and enter Normal mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(CAN_MCR_SLEEP|CAN_MCR_INRQ)); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0) && (timeout!=0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep) + { + /* Request Sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) && (timeout!=0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + + return (uint8_t) status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the Sleep (low power) mode. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @retval CAN_Sleep_Ok if sleep entered, CAN_Sleep_Failed otherwise. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t sleepstatus = CAN_Sleep_Failed; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Request Sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR = (((CANx->MCR) & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Sleep mode status */ + if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) == CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + /* Sleep mode not entered */ + sleepstatus = CAN_Sleep_Ok; + } + /* return sleep mode status */ + return (uint8_t)sleepstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode . + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @retval CAN_WakeUp_Ok if sleep mode left, CAN_WakeUp_Failed otherwise. + */ +uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint32_t wait_slak = SLAK_TIMEOUT; + uint8_t wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Failed; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Wake up request */ + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP; + + /* Sleep mode status */ + while(((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK)&&(wait_slak!=0x00)) + { + wait_slak--; + } + if((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + /* wake up done : Sleep mode exited */ + wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Ok; + } + /* return wakeup status */ + return (uint8_t)wakeupstatus; +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group5 CAN Bus Error management functions + * @brief CAN Bus Error management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Bus Error management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (#) Return the CANx's last error code (LEC) + (#) Return the CANx Receive Error Counter (REC) + (#) Return the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC). + [..] + (@) If TEC is greater than 255, The CAN is in bus-off state. + (@) If REC or TEC are greater than 96, an Error warning flag occurs. + (@) If REC or TEC are greater than 127, an Error Passive Flag occurs. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the CANx's last error code (LEC). + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @retval Error code: + * - CAN_ErrorCode_NoErr: No Error + * - CAN_ErrorCode_StuffErr: Stuff Error + * - CAN_ErrorCode_FormErr: Form Error + * - CAN_ErrorCode_ACKErr : Acknowledgment Error + * - CAN_ErrorCode_BitRecessiveErr: Bit Recessive Error + * - CAN_ErrorCode_BitDominantErr: Bit Dominant Error + * - CAN_ErrorCode_CRCErr: CRC Error + * - CAN_ErrorCode_SoftwareSetErr: Software Set Error + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t errorcode=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the error code*/ + errorcode = (((uint8_t)CANx->ESR) & (uint8_t)CAN_ESR_LEC); + + /* Return the error code*/ + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the CANx Receive Error Counter (REC). + * @note In case of an error during reception, this counter is incremented + * by 1 or by 8 depending on the error condition as defined by the CAN + * standard. After every successful reception, the counter is + * decremented by 1 or reset to 120 if its value was higher than 128. + * When the counter value exceeds 127, the CAN controller enters the + * error passive state. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @retval CAN Receive Error Counter. + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t counter=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the Receive Error Counter*/ + counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_REC)>> 24); + + /* Return the Receive Error Counter*/ + return counter; +} + + +/** + * @brief Returns the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC). + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @retval LSB of the 9-bit CAN Transmit Error Counter. + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t counter=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */ + counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_TEC)>> 16); + + /* Return the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */ + return counter; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group6 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the CAN Interrupts and + to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + The CAN provides 14 Interrupts sources and 15 Flags: + + *** Flags *** + ============= + [..]The 15 flags can be divided on 4 groups: + + (+)Transmit Flags + (##) CAN_FLAG_RQCP0, + (##) CAN_FLAG_RQCP1, + (##) CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 : Request completed MailBoxes 0, 1 and 2 Flags + Set when when the last request (transmit or abort) has + been performed. + + (+)Receive Flags + (##) CAN_FLAG_FMP0, + (##) CAN_FLAG_FMP1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Message Pending Flags + set to signal that messages are pending in the receive + FIFO. + These Flags are cleared only by hardware. + (##) CAN_FLAG_FF0, + (##) CAN_FLAG_FF1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Full Flags + set when three messages are stored in the selected + FIFO. + (##) CAN_FLAG_FOV0 + (##) CAN_FLAG_FOV1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Overrun Flags + set when a new message has been received and passed + the filter while the FIFO was full. + + (+)Operating Mode Flags + (##) CAN_FLAG_WKU : Wake up Flag + set to signal that a SOF bit has been detected while + the CAN hardware was in Sleep mode. + + (##) CAN_FLAG_SLAK : Sleep acknowledge Flag + Set to signal that the CAN has entered Sleep Mode. + + (+)Error Flags + (##) CAN_FLAG_EWG : Error Warning Flag + Set when the warning limit has been reached (Receive + Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter greater than 96). + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + (##) CAN_FLAG_EPV : Error Passive Flag + Set when the Error Passive limit has been reached + (Receive Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter + greater than 127). + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + (##) CAN_FLAG_BOF : Bus-Off Flag + set when CAN enters the bus-off state. The bus-off + state is entered on TEC overflow, greater than 255. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + (##) CAN_FLAG_LEC : Last error code Flag + set If a message has been transferred (reception or + transmission) with error, and the error code is hold. + + *** Interrupts *** + ================== + [..]The 14 interrupts can be divided on 4 groups: + + (+)Transmit interrupt + (##) CAN_IT_TME : Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + no transmit request are pending for Tx mailboxes. + + (+)Receive Interrupts + (##) CAN_IT_FMP0, + (##) CAN_IT_FMP1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 message pending Interrupts + if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending when + messages are pending in the receive FIFO. + The corresponding interrupt pending bits are cleared + only by hardware. + (##) CAN_IT_FF0, + (##) CAN_IT_FF1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 full Interrupts + if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending when + three messages are stored in the selected FIFO. + (##) CAN_IT_FOV0, + (##) CAN_IT_FOV1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 overrun Interrupts + if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending when + a new message has been received and passed the filter + while the FIFO was full. + + (+)Operating Mode Interrupts + (##) CAN_IT_WKU : Wake-up Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + a SOF bit has been detected while the CAN hardware was + in Sleep mode. + + (##) CAN_IT_SLK : Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + the CAN has entered Sleep Mode. + + (+)Error Interrupts + (##) CAN_IT_EWG : Error warning Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + the warning limit has been reached (Receive Error + Counter or Transmit Error Counter=96). + + (##) CAN_IT_EPV : Error passive Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + the Error Passive limit has been reached (Receive + Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter>127). + + (##) CAN_IT_BOF : Bus-off Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + CAN enters the bus-off state. The bus-off state is + entered on TEC overflow, greater than 255. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + (##) CAN_IT_LEC : Last error code Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + a message has been transferred (reception or + transmission) with error, and the error code is hold. + + (##) CAN_IT_ERR : Error Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + an error condition is pending. + + *** Managing the CAN controller events *** + ========================================== + [..]The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the CAN controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + (+)In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (##) CAN_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + (##) CAN_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + + (+)In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (##) CAN_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + (##) CAN_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + (##) CAN_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit (corresponding Flag). + -@@-This function has no impact on CAN_IT_FMP0 and CAN_IT_FMP1 Interrupts + pending bits since there are cleared only by hardware. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified CANx interrupts. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the CAN interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected CANx interrupt */ + CANx->IER |= CAN_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected CANx interrupt */ + CANx->IER &= ~CAN_IT; + } +} +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CAN flag is set or not. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP0: Request MailBox0 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP1: Request MailBox1 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP2: Request MailBox2 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FMP0: FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FMP1: FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep acknowledge Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_EWG: Error Warning Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_EPV: Error Passive Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_BOF: Bus-Off Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_LEC: Last error code Flag + * @retval The new state of CAN_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); + + + if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_ESR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->ESR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->TSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->RF0R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else /* If(CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R != (uint32_t)RESET) */ + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((uint32_t)(CANx->RF1R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + /* Return the CAN_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CAN's pending flags. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP0: Request MailBox0 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP1: Request MailBox1 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP2: Request MailBox2 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep acknowledge Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_LEC: Last error code Flag + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t flagtmp=0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); + + if (CAN_FLAG == CAN_FLAG_LEC) /* ESR register */ + { + /* Clear the selected CAN flags */ + CANx->ESR = (uint32_t)RESET; + } + else /* MSR or TSR or RF0R or RF1R */ + { + flagtmp = CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF; + + if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Receive Flags */ + CANx->RF0R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Receive Flags */ + CANx->RF1R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Transmit Flags */ + CANx->TSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else /* If((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET) */ + { + /* Operating mode Flags */ + CANx->MSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CANx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @retval The current state of CAN_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT) +{ + ITStatus itstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT)); + + /* check the interrupt enable bit */ + if((CANx->IER & CAN_IT) != RESET) + { + /* in case the Interrupt is enabled, .... */ + switch (CAN_IT) + { + case CAN_IT_TME: + /* Check CAN_TSR_RQCPx bits */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->TSR, CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2); + break; + case CAN_IT_FMP0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FMP0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FMP0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FF0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FULL0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FULL0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FOVR0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FMP1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FMP1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FMP1); + break; + case CAN_IT_FF1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FULL1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FULL1); + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FOVR1); + break; + case CAN_IT_WKU: + /* Check CAN_MSR_WKUI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_WKUI); + break; + case CAN_IT_SLK: + /* Check CAN_MSR_SLAKI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAKI); + break; + case CAN_IT_EWG: + /* Check CAN_ESR_EWGF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EWGF); + break; + case CAN_IT_EPV: + /* Check CAN_ESR_EPVF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EPVF); + break; + case CAN_IT_BOF: + /* Check CAN_ESR_BOFF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_BOFF); + break; + case CAN_IT_LEC: + /* Check CAN_ESR_LEC bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC); + break; + case CAN_IT_ERR: + /* Check CAN_MSR_ERRI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_ERRI); + break; + default: + /* in case of error, return RESET */ + itstatus = RESET; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* in case the Interrupt is not enabled, return RESET */ + itstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the CAN_IT status */ + return itstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CANx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(CAN_IT)); + + switch (CAN_IT) + { + case CAN_IT_TME: + /* Clear CAN_TSR_RQCPx (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->TSR = CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2; + break; + case CAN_IT_FF0: + /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FULL0 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FULL0; + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV0: + /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FOVR0; + break; + case CAN_IT_FF1: + /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FULL1 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FULL1; + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV1: + /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FOVR1; + break; + case CAN_IT_WKU: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_WKUI (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_WKUI; + break; + case CAN_IT_SLK: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_SLAKI (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_SLAKI; + break; + case CAN_IT_EWG: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_EPV: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_BOF: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_LEC: + /* Clear LEC bits */ + CANx->ESR = RESET; + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + break; + case CAN_IT_ERR: + /*Clear LEC bits */ + CANx->ESR = RESET; + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note BOFF, EPVF and EWGF Flags are cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + default: + break; + } +} + /** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the CAN interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param CAN_Reg: specifies the CAN interrupt register to check. + * @param It_Bit: specifies the interrupt source bit to check. + * @retval The new state of the CAN Interrupt (SET or RESET). + */ +static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit) +{ + ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET; + + if ((CAN_Reg & It_Bit) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_IT is set */ + pendingbitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_IT is reset */ + pendingbitstatus = RESET; + } + return pendingbitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_cec.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_cec.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1dd33b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_cec.c @@ -0,0 +1,620 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_cec.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Consumer Electronics Control (CEC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data transfers functions + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### CEC features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This device provides some features: + (#) Supports HDMI-CEC specification 1.4. + (#) Supports two source clocks(HSI/244 or LSE). + (#) Works in stop mode(without APB clock, but with CEC clock 32KHz). + It can genarate an interrupt in the CEC clock domain that the CPU + wakes up from the low power mode. + (#) Configurable Signal Free Time before of transmission start. The + number of nominal data bit periods waited before transmission can be + ruled by Hardware or Software. + (#) Configurable Peripheral Address (multi-addressing configuration). + (#) Supports listen mode.The CEC Messages addressed to different destination + can be received without interfering with CEC bus when Listen mode option is enabled. + (#) Configurable Rx-Tolerance(Standard and Extended tolerance margin). + (#) Error detection with configurable error bit generation. + (#) Arbitration lost error in the case of two CEC devices starting at the same time. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the CEC device, + follow steps below: + (#) The source clock can be configured using: + (++) RCC_CECCLKConfig(RCC_CECCLK_HSI_Div244) for HSI(Default) + (++) RCC_CECCLKConfig(RCC_CECCLK_LSE) for LSE. + (#) Enable CEC peripheral clock using RCC_APBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBPeriph_CEC, ENABLE). + (#) Peripherals alternate function. + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate Function (AF) using + GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF. + (++) Select the type open-drain and output speed via GPIO_OType + and GPIO_Speed members. + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) Configure the Signal Free Time, Rx Tolerance, Stop reception generation + and Bit error generation using the CEC_Init() function. + The function CEC_Init() must be called when the CEC peripheral is disabled. + (#) Configure the CEC own address by calling the fuction CEC_OwnAddressConfig(). + (#) Optionally, you can configure the Listen mode using the function CEC_ListenModeCmd(). + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + CEC_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + CEC_ITConfig() must be called before enabling the CEC peripheral. + (#) Enable the CEC using the CEC_Cmd() function. + (#) Charge the first data byte in the TXDR register using CEC_SendDataByte(). + (#) Enable the transmission of the Byte of a CEC message using CEC_StartOfMessage() + (#) Transmit single data through the CEC peripheral using CEC_SendDataByte() + and Receive the last transmitted byte using CEC_ReceiveDataByte(). + (#) Enable the CEC_EndOfMessage() in order to indicate the last byte of the message. + [..] + (@) If the listen mode is enabled, Stop reception generation and Bit error generation + must be in reset state. + (@) If the CEC message consists of only 1 byte, the function CEC_EndOfMessage() + must be called before CEC_StartOfMessage(). + + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_cec.h" +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC + * @brief CEC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define BROADCAST_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x0000F) /* Broadcast address */ +#define CFGR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x7000FE00) /* CFGR register Mask */ + +/* ------------- CEC registers bit address in the alias region -------------- */ +#define CEC_OFFSET (CEC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of CECEN bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (CEC_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define CECEN_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CR_CECEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (CECEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of TXSOM bit */ +#define TXSOM_BitNumber 0x01 +#define CR_TXSOM_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (TXSOM_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of TXEOM bit */ +#define TXEOM_BitNumber 0x02 +#define CR_TXEOM_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (TXEOM_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CFGR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of LSTN bit */ +#define CFGR_OFFSET (CEC_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define LSTN_BitNumber 0x1F +#define CFGR_LSTN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSTN_BitNumber * 4)) + + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize: + (+) CEC own addresses + (+) CEC Signal Free Time + (+) CEC Rx Tolerance + (+) CEC Stop Reception + (+) CEC Bit Rising Error + (+) CEC Long Bit Period Error + [..] This section provides also a function to configure the CEC peripheral in Listen Mode. + Messages addressed to different destination can be received when Listen mode is + enabled without interfering with CEC bus. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes all CEC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable all CEC reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, ENABLE); + + /* Release all CEC from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CEC peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the CEC_InitStruct. + * @note The CEC parameters must be configured before enabling the CEC peripheral. + * @param CEC_InitStruct: pointer to an CEC_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified + * CEC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_Init(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SignalFreeTime)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_RX_TOLERANCE(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_RxTolerance)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_STOP_RECEPTION(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_StopReception)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_RISING_ERROR(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitRisingError)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_LONG_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_LongBitPeriodError)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_BDR_NO_GEN_ERROR(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BRDNoGen)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_SFT_OPTION(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SFTOption)); + + /*---------------------------- CEC CFGR Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Get the CEC CFGR value */ + tmpreg = CEC->CFGR; + + /* Clear CFGR bits */ + tmpreg &= CFGR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure the CEC peripheral */ + tmpreg |= (CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SignalFreeTime | CEC_InitStruct->CEC_RxTolerance | + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_StopReception | CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitRisingError | + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_LongBitPeriodError|CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BRDNoGen | + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SFTOption); + + /* Write to CEC CFGR register */ + CEC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each CEC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CEC_InitStruct: pointer to a CEC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_StructInit(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct) +{ + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SignalFreeTime = CEC_SignalFreeTime_Standard; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_RxTolerance = CEC_RxTolerance_Standard; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_StopReception = CEC_StopReception_Off; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitRisingError = CEC_BitRisingError_Off; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_LongBitPeriodError = CEC_LongBitPeriodError_Off; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BRDNoGen = CEC_BRDNoGen_Off; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SFTOption = CEC_SFTOption_Off; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CEC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the CEC peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_CECEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CEC Listen Mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the Listen Mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_ListenModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_LSTN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Defines the Own Address of the CEC device. + * @param CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_OwnAddressConfig(uint8_t CEC_OwnAddress) +{ + uint32_t tmp =0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress)); + tmp = 1 <<(CEC_OwnAddress + 16); + /* Set the CEC own address */ + CEC->CFGR |= tmp; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the Own Address of the CEC device. + * @param CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_OwnAddressClear(void) +{ + /* Set the CEC own address */ + CEC->CFGR = 0x0; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing the CEC data transfers.The read + access of the CEC_RXDR register can be done using the CEC_ReceiveData()function + and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the CEC_TXDR can be + done using CEC_SendData() function. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits single data through the CEC peripheral. + * @param Data: the data to transmit. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_SendData(uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Transmit Data */ + CEC->TXDR = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the CEC peripheral. + * @param None + * @retval The received data. + */ +uint8_t CEC_ReceiveData(void) +{ + /* Receive Data */ + return (uint8_t)(CEC->RXDR); +} + +/** + * @brief Starts a new message. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_StartOfMessage(void) +{ + /* Starts of new message */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_TXSOM_BB = (uint32_t)0x1; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits message with an EOM bit. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_EndOfMessage(void) +{ + /* The data byte will be transmitted with an EOM bit */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_TXEOM_BB = (uint32_t)0x1; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions +* +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the CEC Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + [..] In polling mode, the CEC can be managed by the following flags: + (+) CEC_FLAG_TXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in transmission mode. + (+) CEC_FLAG_TXERR : to indicate an error occurs during transmission mode. + The initiator detects low impedance in the CEC line. + (+) CEC_FLAG_TXUDR : to indicate if an underrun error occurs in transmission mode. + The transmission is enabled while the software has not yet + loaded any value into the TXDR register. + (+) CEC_FLAG_TXEND : to indicate the end of successful transmission. + (+) CEC_FLAG_TXBR : to indicate the next transmission data has to be written to TXDR. + (+) CEC_FLAG_ARBLST : to indicate arbitration lost in the case of two CEC devices + starting at the same time. + (+) CEC_FLAG_RXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in receive mode. + (+) CEC_FLAG_LBPE : to indicate a long bit period error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_FLAG_SBPE : to indicate a short bit period error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_FLAG_BRE : to indicate a bit rising error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_FLAG_RXOVR : to indicate if an overrun error occur while receiving a CEC message. + A byte is not yet received while a new byte is stored in the RXDR register. + (+) CEC_FLAG_RXEND : to indicate the end Of reception + (+) CEC_FLAG_RXBR : to indicate a new byte has been received from the CEC line and + stored into the RXDR buffer. + [..] + (@)In this Mode, it is advised to use the following functions: + FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t CEC_FLAG); + void CEC_ClearFlag(uint16_t CEC_FLAG); + + [..] In Interrupt mode, the CEC can be managed by the following interrupt sources: + (+) CEC_IT_TXACKE : to indicate a TX Missing acknowledge + (+) CEC_IT_TXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in transmission mode. + (+) CEC_IT_TXERR : to indicate an error occurs during transmission mode. + The initiator detects low impedance in the CEC line. + (+) CEC_IT_TXUDR : to indicate if an underrun error occurs in transmission mode. + The transmission is enabled while the software has not yet + loaded any value into the TXDR register. + (+) CEC_IT_TXEND : to indicate the end of successful transmission. + (+) CEC_IT_TXBR : to indicate the next transmission data has to be written to TXDR register. + (+) CEC_IT_ARBLST : to indicate arbitration lost in the case of two CEC devices + starting at the same time. + (+) CEC_IT_RXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in receive mode. + (+) CEC_IT_LBPE : to indicate a long bit period error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_IT_SBPE : to indicate a short bit period error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_IT_BRE : to indicate a bit rising error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_IT_RXOVR : to indicate if an overrun error occur while receiving a CEC message. + A byte is not yet received while a new byte is stored in the RXDR register. + (+) CEC_IT_RXEND : to indicate the end Of reception + (+) CEC_IT_RXBR : to indicate a new byte has been received from the CEC line and + stored into the RXDR buffer. + [..] + (@)In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + void CEC_ITConfig( uint16_t CEC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint16_t CEC_IT); + void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT); + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected CEC interrupts. + * @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt source to be enabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error + * @arg CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error. + * @arg CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun. + * @arg CEC_IT_TXEND: End of Transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). + * @arg CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request. + * @arg CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost + * @arg CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge + * @arg CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error + * @arg CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error + * @arg CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error + * @arg CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun. + * @arg CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception + * @arg CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received + * @param NewState: new state of the selected CEC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_ITConfig(uint16_t CEC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_IT(CEC_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected CEC interrupt */ + CEC->IER |= CEC_IT; + } + else + { + CEC_IT =~CEC_IT; + /* Disable the selected CEC interrupt */ + CEC->IER &= CEC_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the CEC flag status. + * @param CEC_FLAG: specifies the CEC flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx Error. + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun. + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End of transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request. + * @arg CEC_FLAG_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge + * @arg CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx Long period Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx Short period Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit Rissing Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx Overrun. + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End Of Reception. + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received. + * @retval The new state of CEC_FLAG (SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t CEC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_FLAG(CEC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified CEC flag */ + if ((CEC->ISR & CEC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + /* CEC flag is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CEC flag is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the CEC flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CEC's pending flags. + * @param CEC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End of transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request + * @arg CEC_FLAG_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXACKE: Rx Missing Acknowledge + * @arg CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx Long period Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx Short period Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx Overrun + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End Of Reception + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_ClearFlag(uint16_t CEC_FLAG) +{ + assert_param(IS_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(CEC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected CEC flag */ + CEC->ISR = CEC_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CEC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error + * @arg CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error. + * @arg CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun. + * @arg CEC_IT_TXEND: End of transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). + * @arg CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request. + * @arg CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost. + * @arg CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge. + * @arg CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error. + * @arg CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error. + * @arg CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error. + * @arg CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun. + * @arg CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception. + * @arg CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received + * @retval The new state of CEC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint16_t CEC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_IT(CEC_IT)); + + /* Get the CEC IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (CEC->IER & CEC_IT); + + /* Check the status of the specified CEC interrupt */ + if (((CEC->ISR & CEC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* CEC interrupt is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CEC interrupt is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the CEC interrupt status */ + return bitstatus; + +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CEC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error + * @arg CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error + * @arg CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun + * @arg CEC_IT_TXEND: End of Transmission + * @arg CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request + * @arg CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost + * @arg CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge + * @arg CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error + * @arg CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error + * @arg CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error + * @arg CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun + * @arg CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception + * @arg CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT) +{ + assert_param(IS_CEC_IT(CEC_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected CEC interrupt pending bits */ + CEC->ISR = CEC_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_comp.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_comp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5360729 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_comp.c @@ -0,0 +1,407 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_comp.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the comparators (COMP1 and COMP2) peripheral: + * + Comparators configuration + * + Window mode control + * + * @verbatim + * + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The device integrates two analog comparators COMP1 and COMP2: + + (+) The non inverting input is set to PA1 for COMP1 and to PA3 + for COMP2. + + (+) The inverting input can be selected among: DAC_OUT1, + 1/4 VREFINT, 1/2 VERFINT, 3/4 VREFINT, VREFINT, + I/O (PA0 for COMP1 and PA2 for COMP2) + + (+) The COMP output is internally is available using COMP_GetOutputLevel() + and can be set on GPIO pins: PA0, PA6, PA11 for COMP1 + and PA2, PA7, PA12 for COMP2 + + (+) The COMP output can be redirected to embedded timers (TIM1, TIM2 + and TIM3) + + (+) The two comparators COMP1 and COMP2 can be combined in window + mode and only COMP1 non inverting (PA1) can be used as non- + inverting input. + + (+) The two comparators COMP1 and COMP2 have interrupt capability + with wake-up from Sleep and Stop modes (through the EXTI controller). + COMP1 and COMP2 outputs are internally connected to EXTI Line 21 + and EXTI Line 22 respectively. + + + ##### How to configure the comparator ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions to configure and program the Comparators + of all STM32F37x devices. + + [..] To use the comparator, perform the following steps: + + (#) Enable the SYSCFG APB clock to get write access to comparator + register using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + + (#) Configure the comparator input in analog mode using GPIO_Init() + + (#) Configure the comparator output in alternate function mode + using GPIO_Init() and use GPIO_PinAFConfig() function to map the + comparator output to the GPIO pin + + (#) Configure the comparator using COMP_Init() function: + (++) Select the inverting input + (++) Select the output polarity + (++) Select the output redirection + (++) Select the hysteresis level + (++) Select the power mode + + (#) Enable the comparator using COMP_Cmd() function + + (#) If required enable the COMP interrupt by configuring and enabling + EXTI line in Interrupt mode and selecting the desired sensitivity + level using EXTI_Init() function. After that enable the comparator + interrupt vector using NVIC_Init() function. + + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_comp.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP + * @brief COMP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* CSR register Mask */ +#define COMP_CSR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00003FFE) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes COMP peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @note Deinitialization can't be performed if the COMP configuration is locked. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_DeInit(void) +{ + COMP->CSR = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set COMP_CSR register to reset value */ +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the COMP peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in COMP_InitStruct + * @note If the selected comparator is locked, initialization can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @note By default, PA1 is selected as COMP1 non inverting input. + * To use PA4 as COMP1 non inverting input call COMP_SwitchCmd() after COMP_Init() + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP1: COMP1 selected + * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP2: COMP2 selected + * @param COMP_InitStruct: pointer to an COMP_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified COMP peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_Init(uint32_t COMP_Selection, COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_INVERTING_INPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT_POL(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_MODE(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode)); + + /*!< Get the COMP_CSR register value */ + tmpreg = COMP->CSR; + + /*!< Clear the COMP1SW1, COMPx_IN_SEL, COMPx_OUT_TIM_SEL, COMPx_POL, COMPx_HYST and COMPx_PWR_MODE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) ~(COMP_CSR_CLEAR_MASK<COMP_InvertingInput value */ + /*!< Set COMPxOUTSEL bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output value */ + /*!< Set COMPxPOL bit according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol value */ + /*!< Set COMPxHYST bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis value */ + /*!< Set COMPxMODE bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output | + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis | + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode)<CSR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each COMP_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param COMP_InitStruct: pointer to an COMP_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_StructInit(COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct) +{ + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput = COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output = COMP_Output_None; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol = COMP_OutputPol_NonInverted; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis = COMP_Hysteresis_No; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode = COMP_Mode_UltraLowPower; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the COMP peripheral. + * @note If the selected comparator is locked, enable/disable can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP1: COMP1 selected + * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP2: COMP2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the COMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When enabled, the comparator compares the non inverting input with + * the inverting input and the comparison result is available on comparator output. + * @note When disabled, the comparator doesn't perform comparison and the + * output level is low. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_Cmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected COMP peripheral */ + COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) (1<CSR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)1<CSR |= (uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1); + } + else + { + /* Open SW1 switch */ + COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator. + * @note The output level depends on the selected polarity. + * @note If the polarity is not inverted: + * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a lower + * voltage than the inverting input + * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a higher + * voltage than the inverting input + * @note If the polarity is inverted: + * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a lower + * voltage than the inverting input + * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a higher + * voltage than the inverting input + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP1: COMP1 selected + * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP2: COMP2 selected + * @retval Returns the selected comparator output level: low or high. + * + */ +uint32_t COMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t COMP_Selection) +{ + uint32_t compout = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + + /* Check if selected comparator output is high */ + if ((COMP->CSR & (COMP_CSR_COMP1OUT<CSR |= (uint32_t) COMP_CSR_WNDWEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the window mode */ + COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_WNDWEN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Group3 COMP configuration locking function + * @brief COMP1 and COMP2 configuration locking function + * COMP1 and COMP2 configuration can be locked each separately. + * Unlocking is performed by system reset. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Configuration Lock function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Lock the selected comparator (COMP1/COMP2) configuration. + * @note Locking the configuration means that all control bits are read-only. + * To unlock the comparator configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param COMP_Selection: selects the comparator to be locked + * This parameter can be a value of the following values: + * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP1: COMP1 configuration is locked. + * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP2: COMP2 configuration is locked. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_LockConfig(uint32_t COMP_Selection) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + + /* Set the lock bit corresponding to selected comparator */ + COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_COMP1LOCK<
© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics
+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_dac.h" +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC + * @brief DAC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* CR register Mask */ +#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFE) + +/* DAC Dual Channels SWTRIG masks */ +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) + +/* DHR registers offsets */ +#define DHR12R1_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DHR12R2_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000014) +#define DHR12RD_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +/* DOR register offset */ +#define DOR_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group1 DAC channels configuration + * @brief DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef* DACx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + + if (DACx == DAC1) + { + /* Enable DAC1 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC1, ENABLE); + /* Release DAC1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC1, DISABLE); + } + else + { + /* Enable DAC2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC2, ENABLE); + /* Release DAC2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC2, DISABLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the DAC_InitStruct. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified DAC channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the DAC parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer)); + +/*---------------------------- DAC CR Configuration --------------------------*/ + /* Get the DAC CR value */ + tmpreg1 = DACx->CR; + /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(CR_CLEAR_MASK << DAC_Channel); + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger, wave generation, + mask/amplitude for wave generation */ + /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ + /* Set WAVEx bits according to DAC_WaveGeneration value */ + /* Set MAMPx bits according to DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude value */ + /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ + tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration | + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer); + /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel; + /* Write to DAC CR */ + DACx->CR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset DAC init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the DAC_Trigger member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_WaveGeneration member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0; + /* Initialize the DAC_OutputBuffer member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the DAC channel is enabled the trigger source can no more + * be modified. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Cmd(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel */ + DACx->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel */ + DACx->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DACx->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4); + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DACx->SWTRIGR &= ~((uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables simultaneously the two DAC channels software + * triggers. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 to select the DAC1 peripheral. + * @note Dual trigger is not applicable for DAC2 (DAC2 integrates one channel). + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channels software triggers. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_LIST1_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DACx->SWTRIGR |= DUAL_SWTRIG_SET; + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DACx->SWTRIGR &= DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 to select the DAC1 peripheral. + * @note Wave generation is not available in DAC2. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_Wave: Specifies the wave type to enable or disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_LIST1_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_WAVE(DAC_Wave)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DACx->CR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DACx->CR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DACx; + tmp += DHR12R1_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @note This function is available only for DAC1. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel2. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_LIST1_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DACx; + tmp += DHR12R2_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel2 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual channel DAC. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @note This function isn't applicable for DAC2. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data + * holding register. + * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data + * holding register. + * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both + * DAC channels at the same time. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1) +{ + uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_LIST1_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); + + /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ + if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R) + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1; + } + else + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1; + } + + tmp = (uint32_t)DACx; + tmp += DHR12RD_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) DACx; + tmp += DOR_OFFSET + ((uint32_t)DAC_Channel >> 2); + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group2 DMA management functions + * @brief DMA management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request. + * When enabled DMA1 is generated when an external trigger (EXTI Line9, + * TIM2, TIM4, TIM6, TIM7 or TIM9 but not a software trigger) occurs + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel DMA request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note The DAC channel1 (channel2) is mapped on DMA1 channel3 (channel4) which + * must be already configured. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMACmd(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DACx->CR |= (DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DACx->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC interrupts. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before + * the acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DAC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ITConfig(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DACx->CR |= (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DACx->CR &= (~(uint32_t)(DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC flag is set or not. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @param DAC_Channel: thee selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before + * the acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval The new state of DAC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC flag */ + if ((DACx->SR & (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel)) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* DAC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channel's pending flags. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearFlag(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC flags */ + DACx->SR = (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before + * the acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval The new state of DAC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Get the DAC_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (DACx->CR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC interrupt */ + if (((DACx->SR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* DAC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channel's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DACx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the DAC peripheral. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(DAC_TypeDef* DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_PERIPH(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC interrupt pending bits */ + DACx->SR = (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_dma.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..911745e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,858 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access controller (DMA): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data Counter + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable The DMA controller clock using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1, ENABLE) function for DMA1 or + using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2, ENABLE) function for DMA2. + (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA channel + (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is necessary). + (#) For a given Channel, program the Source and Destination addresses, + the transfer Direction, the Buffer Size, the Peripheral and Memory + Incrementation mode and Data Size, the Circular or Normal mode, + the channel transfer Priority and the Memory-to-Memory transfer + mode (if needed) using the DMA_Init() function. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt(s) using the function + DMA_ITConfig() if you need to use DMA interrupts. + (#) Enable the DMA channel using the DMA_Cmd() function. + (#) Activate the needed channel Request using PPP_DMACmd() function for + any PPP peripheral except internal SRAM and FLASH (ie. SPI, USART ...) + The function allowing this operation is provided in each PPP peripheral + driver (ie. SPI_DMACmd for SPI peripheral). + (#) Optionally, you can configure the number of data to be transferred + when the channel is disabled (ie. after each Transfer Complete event + or when a Transfer Error occurs) using the function DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(). + And you can get the number of remaining data to be transferred using + the function DMA_GetCurrDataCounter() at run time (when the DMA channel is + enabled and running). + (#) To control DMA events you can use one of the following two methods: + (##) Check on DMA channel flags using the function DMA_GetFlagStatus(). + (##) Use DMA interrupts through the function DMA_ITConfig() at initialization + phase and DMA_GetITStatus() function into interrupt routines in + communication phase. + After checking on a flag you should clear it using DMA_ClearFlag() + function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should + clear it using DMA_ClearITPendingBit() function. + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_dma.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA + * @brief DMA driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define CCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF800F) /* DMA Channel config registers Masks */ +#define FLAG_Mask ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* DMA2 FLAG mask */ + + +/* DMA1 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */ +#define DMA1_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL6_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF6 | DMA_ISR_TCIF6 | DMA_ISR_HTIF6 | DMA_ISR_TEIF6)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL7_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF7 | DMA_ISR_TCIF7 | DMA_ISR_HTIF7 | DMA_ISR_TEIF7)) + +/* DMA2 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */ +#define DMA2_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5)) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA channel + source and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer + direction, buffer size, circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory + mode selection and channel priority value. + [..] The DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described + in reference manual (RM0313). +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DMAy Channelx registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + + /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR_EN); + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx control register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx remaining bytes register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx peripheral address register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx memory address register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = 0; + + if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel1 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel2 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel3 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel4 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel5 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel6) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel6 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL6_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel7) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel7 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL7_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel1 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel2 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel3 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel4 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK; + } + else + { + if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel5 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DMAy Channelx according to the specified parameters + * in the DMA_InitStruct. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIR(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M)); + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CCR Configuration ----------------*/ + /* Get the DMAy_Channelx CCR value */ + tmpreg = DMAy_Channelx->CCR; + + /* Clear MEM2MEM, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */ + tmpreg &= CCR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure DMAy Channelx: data transfer, data size, priority level and mode */ + /* Set DIR bit according to DMA_DIR value */ + /* Set CIRC bit according to DMA_Mode value */ + /* Set PINC bit according to DMA_PeripheralInc value */ + /* Set MINC bit according to DMA_MemoryInc value */ + /* Set PSIZE bits according to DMA_PeripheralDataSize value */ + /* Set MSIZE bits according to DMA_MemoryDataSize value */ + /* Set PL bits according to DMA_Priority value */ + /* Set the MEM2MEM bit according to DMA_M2M value */ + tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M; + + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CCR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR = tmpreg; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration --------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CPAR Configuration ---------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CPAR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CMAR Configuration ---------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CMAR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ +/*-------------- Reset DMA init structure parameters values ------------------*/ + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryBaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC; + /* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable; + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte; + /* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal; + /* Initialize the DMA_Priority member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low; + /* Initialize the DMA_M2M member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Channelx. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR_EN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group2 Data Counter functions + * @brief Data Counter functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data Counter functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides function allowing to configure and read the buffer + size (number of data to be transferred).The DMA data counter can be written + only when the DMA channel is disabled (ie. after transfer complete event). + [..] The following function can be used to write the Channel data counter value: + (+) void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t + DataNumber). + -@- It is advised to use this function rather than DMA_Init() in situations + where only the Data buffer needs to be reloaded. + [..] The DMA data counter can be read to indicate the number of remaining transfers + for the relative DMA channel. This counter is decremented at the end of each + data transfer and when the transfer is complete: + (+) If Normal mode is selected: the counter is set to 0. + (+) If Circular mode is selected: the counter is reloaded with the initial + value(configured before enabling the DMA channel). + [..] The following function can be used to read the Channel data counter value: + (+) uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx transfer. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DataNumber: The number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx + * transfer. + * @note This function can only be used when the DMAy_Channelx is disabled. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration --------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DataNumber; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current + * DMAy Channelx transfer. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Channelx + * transfer. + */ +uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + /* Return the number of remaining data units for DMAy Channelx */ + return ((uint16_t)(DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides functions allowing to configure the DMA Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the DMA controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] Each DMA channel can be managed through 4 event Flags:(y : DMA Controller + number x : DMA channel number ). + (#) DMAy_FLAG_TCx : to indicate that a Transfer Complete event occurred. + (#) DMAy_FLAG_HTx : to indicate that a Half-Transfer Complete event occurred. + (#) DMAy_FLAG_TEx : to indicate that a Transfer Error occurred. + (#) DMAy_FLAG_GLx : to indicate that at least one of the events described + above occurred. + -@- Clearing DMAy_FLAG_GLx results in clearing all other pending flags of the + same channel (DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx and DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + [..]In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + (+) void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] Each DMA channel can be managed through 4 Interrupts: + (+) Interrupt Source + (##) DMA_IT_TC: specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Complete + event. + (##) DMA_IT_HT : specifies the interrupt source for the Half-transfer Complete + event. + (##) DMA_IT_TE : specifies the interrupt source for the transfer errors event. + (##) DMA_IT_GL : to indicate that at least one of the interrupts described + above occurred. + -@@- Clearing DMA_IT_GL interrupt results in clearing all other interrupts of + the same channel (DMA_IT_TCx, DMA_IT_HT and DMA_IT_TE). + [..]In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, + FunctionalState NewState); + (+) ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMA_IT); + (+) void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMA_IT); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx interrupts. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupts sources to be enabled + * or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(DMA_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMA interrupts */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMA interrupts */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= ~DMA_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx flag is set or not. + * @param DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * + * @note The Global flag (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) is set whenever any of the other flags + * relative to the same channel is set (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer + * Complete or Transfer Error flags: DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx or + * DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + * + * @retval The new state of DMAy_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG)); + + /* Calculate the used DMAy */ + if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA2->ISR ; + } + else + { + /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA1->ISR ; + } + + /* Check the status of the specified DMAy flag */ + if ((tmpreg & DMAy_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DMAy_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the DMAy_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx's pending flags. + * @param DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * + * @note Clearing the Global flag (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) results in clearing all other flags + * relative to the same channel (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer Complete and + * Transfer Error flags: DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx and DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG)); + +/* Calculate the used DMAy */ + if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy flags */ + DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG; + } + else + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy flags */ + DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * + * @note The Global interrupt (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) is set whenever any of the other + * interrupts relative to the same channel is set (Transfer Complete, + * Half-transfer Complete or Transfer Error interrupts: DMAy_IT_TCx, + * DMAy_IT_HTx or DMAy_IT_TEx). + * + * @retval The new state of DMAy_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_IT(DMAy_IT)); + + /* Calculate the used DMA */ + if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA2->ISR; + } + else + { + /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA1->ISR; + } + + /* Check the status of the specified DMAy interrupt */ + if ((tmpreg & DMAy_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DMAy_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DMAy_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * + * @note Clearing the Global interrupt (DMAy_IT_GLx) results in clearing all other + * interrupts relative to the same channel (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer + * Complete and Transfer Error interrupts: DMAy_IT_TCx, DMAy_IT_HTx and + * DMAy_IT_TEx). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(DMAy_IT)); + + /* Calculate the used DMAy */ + if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */ + DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_IT; + } + else + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */ + DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_exti.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7427916 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_exti.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the EXTI peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### EXTI features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] External interrupt/event lines are mapped as following: + (#) All available GPIO pins are connected to the 16 external + interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + (#) EXTI line 16 is connected to the PVD output + (#) EXTI line 17 is connected to the RTC Alarm event + (#) EXTI line 18 is connected to USB Device wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 19 is connected to the RTC Tamper and TimeStamp events + (#) EXTI line 20 is connected to the RTC wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 21 is connected to the Comparator 1 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 22 is connected to the Comparator 2 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 23 is connected to the I2C1 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 24 is connected to the I2C2 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 25 is connected to the USART1 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 26 is connected to the USART2 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 27 is connected to the CEC wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 28 is connected to the USART3 wakeup event + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] In order to use an I/O pin as an external interrupt source, follow + steps below: + (#) Configure the I/O in input mode using GPIO_Init() + (#) Select the input source pin for the EXTI line using + SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(). + (#) Select the mode(interrupt, event) and configure the trigger selection + (Rising, falling or both) using EXTI_Init(). For the internal interrupt, + the trigger selection is not needed( the active edge is always the rising one). + (#) Configure NVIC IRQ channel mapped to the EXTI line using NVIC_Init(). + (#) Optionally, you can generate a software interrupt using the function EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(). + [..] + (@) SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG_EXTICRx + registers using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_exti.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI + * @brief EXTI driver modules + * @{ + */ + + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define EXTI_LINENONE ((uint32_t)0x00000) /* No interrupt selected */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_DeInit(void) +{ + EXTI->IMR = 0x1F800000; + EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->PR = 0x01FFFFFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct. + * - EXTI_Line specifies the EXTI line (EXTI0....EXTI28). + * - EXTI_Mode specifies which EXTI line is used as interrupt or an event. + * - EXTI_Trigger selects the trigger. When the trigger occurs, interrupt + * pending bit will be set. + * - EXTI_LineCmd controls (Enable/Disable) the EXTI line. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the EXTI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE) + { + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + EXTI->IMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->EMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode; + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + EXTI->RTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->FTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + /* Select the trigger for the selected interrupts */ + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling) + { + /* Rising Falling edge */ + EXTI->RTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->FTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } + else + { + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger; + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } + } + else + { + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode; + /* Disable the selected external lines */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line on which the software interrupt + * will be generated. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..28). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->SWIER |= EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check. + * This parameter can be EXTI_Linex where x(0..28). + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..28). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check. + * This parameter can be EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..28). + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + enablestatus = EXTI->IMR & EXTI_Line; + if (((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending bits. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..28). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_gpio.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6847a6b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,528 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the GPIO peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration functions + * + GPIO Read and Write functions + * + GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions + * + * @verbatim + * + * + =========================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =========================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() + (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using GPIO_Init() + Four possible configuration are available for each pin: + (++) Input: Floating, Pull-up, Pull-down. + (++) Output: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull), + Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). + In output mode, the speed is configurable: Low, Medium, Fast or High. + (++) Alternate Function: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull), + Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). + (++) Analog: required mode when a pin is to be used as ADC channel, + DAC output or comparator input. + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) For ADC, DAC and comparators, configure the desired pin in + analog mode using GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AN + (++) For other peripherals (TIM, USART...): + (+++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. For PortC, + PortD and PortF, no configuration is needed. + (+++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function mode using + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (+++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + (+++) Call GPIO_Init() function + (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use GPIO_ReadInputDataBit() + (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use + GPIO_SetBits()/GPIO_ResetBits() + (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not active and + the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG pins). + (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general-purpose + (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE + has priority over the GPIO function. + (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as general-purpose + (PF0 and PF1 respectively) when the HSE oscillator is off. The HSE has + the priority over the GPIO function. + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_gpio.h" +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO + * @brief GPIO driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration + * @brief Initialization and Configuration + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + if(GPIOx == GPIOA) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOB) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOC) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOD) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOE) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if(GPIOx == GPIOF) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO + * peripheral. + * @note The configured pins can be: + * GPIO_Pin_0 -> GPIO_Pin_15 for GPIOA, GPIOC, GPIOD and GPIOE; + * GPIO_Pin_0 -> GPIO_Pin_10 and GPIO_Pin_14 -> GPIO_Pin_15 for GPIOB; + * GPIO_Pin_0 -> GPIO_Pin_2, GPIO_Pin_4, GPIO_Pin_6, GPIO_Pin_9 and GPIO_Pin_10 + * for GPIOF. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00 , currentpin = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PUPD(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd)); + + /*-------------------------- Configure the port pins -----------------------*/ + /*-- GPIO Mode Configuration --*/ + for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x10; pinpos++) + { + pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos; + + /* Get the port pins position */ + currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos; + + if (currentpin == pos) + { + if ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_AF)) + { + /* Check Speed mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed)); + + /* Speed mode configuration */ + GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->OSPEEDR |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed) << (pinpos * 2)); + + /* Check Output mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_OTYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType)); + + /* Output mode configuration */ + GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~((GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)); + GPIOx->OTYPER |= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)); + } + + GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (pinpos * 2)); + + GPIOx->MODER |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) << (pinpos * 2)); + + /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration */ + GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << ((uint16_t)pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->PUPDR |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd) << (pinpos * 2)); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */ + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_Level_2; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. + * @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, + * GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH. + * @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified + * until the next device reset. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A or B or D) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_LIST_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + tmp |= GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK bit */ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + /* Read LCKK bit */ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group2 GPIO Read and Write + * @brief GPIO Read and Write + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Read and Write ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * @note This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be: + * (0..15) for GPIOA, GPIOC, GPIOD or GPIOE; + * (0..10 & 14..15) for GPIOB; + * (0..2, 4, 6, 9..10) for GPIOF. + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->IDR); +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified output data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the port bit to read. + * @note This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be: + * (0..15) for GPIOA, GPIOC, GPIOD or GPIOE; + * (0..10 & 14..15) for GPIOB; + * (0..2, 4, 6, 9..10) for GPIOF. + * @retval The output port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified GPIO output data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval GPIO output data port value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->ODR); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the selected data port bits. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * @note This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be: + * (0..15) for GPIOA, GPIOC, GPIOD or GPIOE; + * (0..10 & 14..15) for GPIOB; + * (0..2, 4, 6, 9..10) for GPIOF. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the selected data port bits. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * @note This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be: + * (0..15) for GPIOA, GPIOC, GPIOD or GPIOE; + * (0..10 & 14..15) for GPIOB; + * (0..2, 4, 6, 9..10) for GPIOF. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * @note This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be: + * (0..15) for GPIOA, GPIOC, GPIOD or GPIOE; + * (0..10 & 14..15) for GPIOB; + * (0..2, 4, 6, 9..10) for GPIOF. + * @param BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the BitAction enumeration values: + * @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal)); + + if (BitVal != Bit_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin ; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data + * register. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + GPIOx->ODR = PortVal; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group3 GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions + * @brief GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Alternate function. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15). + * @param GPIO_AF: selects the pin to be used as Alternate function. + * This parameter can be one of the following value: + * @arg GPIO_AF_0: MCO, JTMS-SWDAT, JTCK-SWCLK, JTDI,JTDO, JTRST, TRACECLK, TRACED, TRACEWO. + * @arg GPIO_AF_1: TIM2, TIM15, TIM16, TIM17, OUT. + * @arg GPIO_AF_2: TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM13, TIM14, TIM19. + * @arg GPIO_AF_3: Touch Sence. + * @arg GPIO_AF_4: I2C1, I2C2. + * @arg GPIO_AF_5: SPI1, SPI2, IR_OUT. + * @arg GPIO_AF_6: SPI1, SPI3, CEC, IR_OUT. + * @arg GPIO_AF_7: USART1, USART2, USART3, CAN, CEC. + * @arg GPIO_AF_8: COMP1_OUT, COMP2_OUT. + * @arg GPIO_AF_9: CAN, TIM12, TIM13, TIM14, TIM15. + * @arg GPIO_AF_10: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM12, TIM17. + * @arg GPIO_AF_11: TIM19. + * @arg GPIO_AF_14: USBDM, USBDP. + * @arg GPIO_AF_15: OUT. + * @note The pin should already been configured in Alternate Function mode(AF) + * using GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * @note Refer to the Alternate function mapping table in the device datasheet + * for the detailed mapping of the system and peripherals'alternate + * function I/O pins. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF) +{ + uint32_t temp = 0x00; + uint32_t temp_2 = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_AF)); + + temp = ((uint32_t)(GPIO_AF) << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)); + GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)); + temp_2 = GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] | temp; + GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] = temp_2; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_i2c.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c2584b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,1585 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter-Integrated circuit (I2C): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Communications handling + * + SMBUS management + * + I2C registers management + * + Data transfers management + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + ============================================================================ + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================ + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2Cx, ENABLE) + function for I2C1 or I2C2. + (#) Enable SDA, SCL and SMBA (when used) GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (++) Select the type, OpenDrain and speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) Program the Mode, Timing , Own address, Ack and Acknowledged Address + using the I2C_Init() function. + (#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without + re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again I2C_Init() function): + (++) Enable the acknowledge feature using I2C_AcknowledgeConfig() function. + (++) Enable the dual addressing mode using I2C_DualAddressCmd() function. + (++) Enable the general call using the I2C_GeneralCallCmd() function. + (++) Enable the clock stretching using I2C_StretchClockCmd() function. + (++) Enable the PEC Calculation using I2C_CalculatePEC() function. + (++) For SMBus Mode: + (+++) Enable the SMBusAlert pin using I2C_SMBusAlertCmd() function. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + I2C_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. + (++) Active the needed channel Request using I2C_DMACmd() function. + (#) Enable the I2C using the I2C_Cmd() function. + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode in the + transfers. + [..] + (@) When using I2C in Fast Mode Plus, SCL and SDA pin 20mA current drive capability + must be enabled by setting the driving capability control bit in SYSCFG. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_i2c.h" +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C + * @brief I2C driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00CFE0FF) /*I2C_AnalogFilter)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DigitalFilter)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress)); + + /* Disable I2Cx Peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx FILTERS Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1; + /* Clear I2Cx CR1 register */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure I2Cx: analog and digital filter */ + /* Set ANFOFF bit according to I2C_AnalogFilter value */ + /* Set DFN bits according to I2C_DigitalFilter value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AnalogFilter |(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DigitalFilter << 8); + + /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ + I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMING Configuration -------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Timing */ + /* Set TIMINGR bits according to I2C_Timing */ + /* Write to I2Cx TIMING */ + I2Cx->TIMINGR = I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Enable I2Cx Peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Clear tmpreg local variable */ + tmpreg = 0; + /* Clear OAR1 register */ + I2Cx->OAR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Clear OAR2 register */ + I2Cx->OAR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and acknowledged address */ + /* Set OA1MODE bit according to I2C_AcknowledgedAddress value */ + /* Set OA1 bits according to I2C_OwnAddress1 value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | \ + (uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1); + /* Write to I2Cx OAR1 */ + I2Cx->OAR1 = tmpreg; + /* Enable Own Address1 acknowledgement */ + I2Cx->OAR1 |= I2C_OAR1_OA1EN; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: mode */ + /* Set SMBDEN and SMBHEN bits according to I2C_Mode value */ + tmpreg = I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode; + /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx ACK Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + /* Clear I2Cx CR2 register */ + tmpreg &= CR2_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure I2Cx: acknowledgement */ + /* Set NACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */ + tmpreg |= I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack; + /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) +{ + /*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values --------------*/ + /* Initialize the I2C_Timing member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Timing = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_AnalogFilter member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AnalogFilter = I2C_AnalogFilter_Enable; + /* Initialize the I2C_DigitalFilter member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DigitalFilter = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C; + /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable; + /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Disable peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + + /* Perform a dummy read to delay the disable of peripheral for minimum + 3 APB clock cycles to perform the software reset functionality */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)(uint32_t)I2Cx; + + /* Enable peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_ERRI: Error interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_TCI: Transfer Complete interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPI: Stop Detection interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_NACKI: Not Acknowledge received interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDRI: Address Match interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_RXI: RX interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_TXI: TX interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C Clock stretching. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH); + } + else + { + /* Disable clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C wakeup from stop mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx stop mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StopModeCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable wakeup from stop mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_WUPEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C own address 2. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C own address 2. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable own address 2 */ + I2Cx->OAR2 |= I2C_OAR2_OA2EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable own address 2 */ + I2Cx->OAR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_OAR2_OA2EN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C slave own address 2 and mask. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Mask: specifies own address 2 mask to be programmed. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_OA2_NoMask: no mask. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask01: OA2[1] is masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask02: OA2[2:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask03: OA2[3:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask04: OA2[4:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask05: OA2[5:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask06: OA2[6:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask07: OA2[7:1] are masked and don't care. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Mask) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(Address)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(Mask)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx OA2 bit [7:1] and OA2MSK bit [1:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(I2C_OAR2_OA2 | I2C_OAR2_OA2MSK)); + + /* Set I2Cx SADD */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Address & I2C_OAR2_OA2) | \ + (((uint32_t)Mask << 8) & I2C_OAR2_OA2MSK)) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C general call mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C general call mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable general call mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_GCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable general call mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_GCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C slave byte control. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C slave byte control. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SlaveByteControlCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable slave byte control */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SBC; + } + else + { + /* Disable slave byte control */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_SBC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the slave address to be transmitted after start generation. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @note This function should be called before generating start condition. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SlaveAddressConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx SADD bit [9:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Set I2Cx SADD */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)Address & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C 10-bit addressing mode for the master. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C 10-bit addressing mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function should be called before generating start condition. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_10BitAddressingModeCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable 10-bit addressing mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_ADD10; + } + else + { + /* Disable 10-bit addressing mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_ADD10); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group2 Communications handling functions + * @brief Communications handling functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Communications handling functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions that handles I2C communication. + + [..] Automatic End mode is enabled using I2C_AutoEndCmd() function. When Reload + mode is enabled via I2C_ReloadCmd() AutoEnd bit has no effect. + + [..] I2C_NumberOfBytesConfig() function set the number of bytes to be transferred, + this configuration should be done before generating start condition in master + mode. + + [..] When switching from master write operation to read operation in 10Bit addressing + mode, master can only sends the 1st 7 bits of the 10 bit address, followed by + Read direction by enabling HEADR bit using I2C_10BitAddressHeader() function. + + [..] In master mode, when transferring more than 255 bytes Reload mode should be used + to handle communication. In the first phase of transfer, Nbytes should be set to + 255. After transferring these bytes TCR flag is set and I2C_TransferHandling() + function should be called to handle remaining communication. + + [..] In master mode, when software end mode is selected when all data is transferred + TC flag is set I2C_TransferHandling() function should be called to generate STOP + or generate ReStart. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C automatic end mode (stop condition is + * automatically sent when nbytes data are transferred). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C automatic end mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function has effect if Reload mode is disabled. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_AutoEndCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Auto end mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_AUTOEND; + } + else + { + /* Disable Auto end mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_AUTOEND); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C nbytes reload mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the nbytes reload mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ReloadCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Auto Reload mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_RELOAD; + } + else + { + /* Disable Auto Reload mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_RELOAD); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the number of bytes to be transmitted/received. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Number_Bytes: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_NumberOfBytesConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Number_Bytes) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx Nbytes bit [7:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_NBYTES); + + /* Set I2Cx Nbytes */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Number_Bytes << 16 ) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES); + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the type of transfer request for the master. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_Direction: specifies the transfer request direction to be programmed. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Master request a write transfer + * @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Master request a read transfer + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_MasterRequestConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_Direction) +{ +/* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction)); + + /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */ + if (I2C_Direction == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) + { + /* Request a write Transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_RD_WRN); + } + else + { + /* Request a read Transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_RD_WRN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication START condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a START condition */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_START; + } + else + { + /* Disable the START condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_START); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a STOP condition */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the STOP condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_STOP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C 10-bit header only mode with read direction. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C 10-bit header only mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This mode can be used only when switching from master transmitter mode + * to master receiver mode. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_10BitAddressHeaderCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable 10-bit header only mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_HEAD10R; + } + else + { + /* Disable 10-bit header only mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_HEAD10R); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2C communication Acknowledge. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Acknowledge. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable ACK generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_NACK); + } + else + { + /* Enable NACK generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C slave matched address . + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the slave matched address . + */ +uint8_t I2C_GetAddressMatched(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + return (uint8_t)(((uint32_t)I2Cx->ISR & I2C_ISR_ADDCODE) >> 16) ; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C slave received request. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received request. + */ +uint16_t I2C_GetTransferDirection(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + uint16_t direction = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(I2Cx->ISR & I2C_ISR_DIR); + + /* If write transfer is requested */ + if (tmpreg == 0) + { + /* write transfer is requested */ + direction = I2C_Direction_Transmitter; + } + else + { + /* Read transfer is requested */ + direction = I2C_Direction_Receiver; + } + return direction; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Number_Bytes: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255. + * @param ReloadEndMode: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Reload_Mode: Enable Reload mode . + * @arg I2C_AutoEnd_Mode: Enable Automatic end mode. + * @arg I2C_SoftEnd_Mode: Enable Software end mode. + * @param StartStopMode: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_No_StartStop: Don't Generate stop and start condition. + * @arg I2C_Generate_Stop: Generate stop condition (Number_Bytes should be set to 0). + * @arg I2C_Generate_Start_Read: Generate Restart for read request. + * @arg I2C_Generate_Start_Write: Generate Restart for write request. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TransferHandling(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Number_Bytes, uint32_t ReloadEndMode, uint32_t StartStopMode) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(Address)); + assert_param(IS_RELOAD_END_MODE(ReloadEndMode)); + assert_param(IS_START_STOP_MODE(StartStopMode)); + + /* Get the CR2 register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + + /* clear tmpreg specific bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_RD_WRN | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP)); + + /* update tmpreg */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Address & I2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Number_Bytes << 16 ) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \ + (uint32_t)ReloadEndMode | (uint32_t)StartStopMode); + + /* update CR2 register */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group3 SMBUS management functions + * @brief SMBUS management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### SMBUS management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions that handles SMBus communication + and timeouts detection. + + [..] The SMBus Device default address (0b1100 001) is enabled by calling I2C_Init() + function and setting I2C_Mode member of I2C_InitTypeDef() structure to + I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice. + + [..] The SMBus Host address (0b0001 000) is enabled by calling I2C_Init() + function and setting I2C_Mode member of I2C_InitTypeDef() structure to + I2C_Mode_SMBusHost. + + [..] The Alert Response Address (0b0001 100) is enabled using I2C_SMBusAlertCmd() + function. + + [..] To detect cumulative SCL stretch in master and slave mode, TIMEOUTB should be + configured (in accordance to SMBus specification) using I2C_TimeoutBConfig() + function then I2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd() function should be called to enable + the detection. + + [..] SCL low timeout is detected by configuring TIMEOUTB using I2C_TimeoutBConfig() + function followed by the call of I2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(). When adding to this + procedure the call of I2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd() function, Bus Idle condition + (both SCL and SDA high) is detected also. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C SMBus alert. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx SMBus alert. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SMBusAlertCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable SMBus alert */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ALERTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable SMBus alert */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_ALERTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C Clock Timeout (SCL Timeout detection). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C Extended Clock Timeout (SCL cumulative Timeout detection). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Extended clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= I2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C Idle Clock Timeout (Bus idle SCL and SDA + * high detection). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Idle clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIDLE; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIDLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C Bus Timeout A (SCL Timeout when TIDLE = 0 or Bus + * idle SCL and SDA high when TIDLE = 1). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Timeout: specifies the TimeoutA to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TimeoutAConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_TIMEOUT(Timeout)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->TIMEOUTR; + + /* Reset I2Cx TIMEOUTA bit [11:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTA); + + /* Set I2Cx TIMEOUTA */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)Timeout & I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTA) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C Bus Timeout B (SCL cumulative Timeout). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Timeout: specifies the TimeoutB to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TimeoutBConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_TIMEOUT(Timeout)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->TIMEOUTR; + + /* Reset I2Cx TIMEOUTB bit [11:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTB); + + /* Set I2Cx TIMEOUTB */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Timeout << 16) & I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTB) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C PEC calculation. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PECEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PECEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C PEC transmission/reception request. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_PECRequestCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable PEC transmission/reception request */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR2_PECBYTE; + } + else + { + /* Disable PEC transmission/reception request */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_PECBYTE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C PEC. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the PEC . + */ +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + return (uint8_t)((uint32_t)I2Cx->PECR & I2C_PECR_PEC); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group4 I2C registers management functions + * @brief I2C registers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### I2C registers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a functions that allow user the management of + I2C registers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + /** + * @brief Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_Register: specifies the register to read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TIMINGR: TIMING register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TIMEOUTR: TIMEOUTR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_ISR: ISR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_ICR: ICR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_PECR: PECR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_RXDR: RXDR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TXDR: TXDR register. + * @retval The value of the read register. + */ +uint32_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)I2Cx; + tmp += I2C_Register; + + /* Return the selected register value */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group5 Data transfers management functions + * @brief Data transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + the I2C data transfers. + + [..] The read access of the I2C_RXDR register can be done using + the I2C_ReceiveData() function and returns the received value. + Whereas a write access to the I2C_TXDR can be done using I2C_SendData() + function and stores the written data into TXDR. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted.. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + I2Cx->TXDR = (uint8_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return (uint8_t)I2Cx->RXDR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group6 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides two functions that can be used only in DMA mode. + [..] In DMA Mode, the I2C communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel + requests: + (#) I2C_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request. + (#) I2C_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C DMA interface. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_DMAReq: specifies the I2C DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_DMAReq_Tx: Tx DMA transfer request + * @arg I2C_DMAReq_Rx: Rx DMA transfer request + * @param NewState: new state of the selected I2C DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DMA_REQ(I2C_DMAReq)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~I2C_DMAReq; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode(refer I2C_Group6). + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] In Polling Mode, the I2C communication can be managed by 15 flags: + (#) I2C_FLAG_TXE: to indicate the status of Transmit data register empty flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_TXIS: to indicate the status of Transmit interrupt status flag . + (#) I2C_FLAG_RXNE: to indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_ADDR: to indicate the status of Address matched flag (slave mode). + (#) I2C_FLAG_NACKF: to indicate the status of NACK received flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_STOPF: to indicate the status of STOP detection flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_TC: to indicate the status of Transfer complete flag(master mode). + (#) I2C_FLAG_TCR: to indicate the status of Transfer complete reload flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_BERR: to indicate the status of Bus error flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_ARLO: to indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_OVR: to indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_PECERR: to indicate the status of PEC error in reception flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: to indicate the status of Timeout or Tlow detection flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_ALERT: to indicate the status of SMBus Alert flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_BUSY: to indicate the status of Bus busy flag. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); + (+) void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); + + [..] + (@)Do not use the BUSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception.It is + better to use the TXIS and RXNE flags instead. + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the I2C communication can be managed by 7 interrupt sources + and 15 pending bits: + [..] Interrupt Source: + (#) I2C_IT_ERRI: specifies the interrupt source for the Error interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_TCI: specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Complete interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_STOPI: specifies the interrupt source for the Stop Detection interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_NACKI: specifies the interrupt source for the Not Acknowledge received interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_ADDRI: specifies the interrupt source for the Address Match interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_RXI: specifies the interrupt source for the RX interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_TXI: specifies the interrupt source for the TX interrupt. + + [..] Pending Bits: + (#) I2C_IT_TXIS: to indicate the status of Transmit interrupt status flag. + (#) I2C_IT_RXNE: to indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag. + (#) I2C_IT_ADDR: to indicate the status of Address matched flag (slave mode). + (#) I2C_IT_NACKF: to indicate the status of NACK received flag. + (#) I2C_IT_STOPF: to indicate the status of STOP detection flag. + (#) I2C_IT_TC: to indicate the status of Transfer complete flag (master mode). + (#) I2C_IT_TCR: to indicate the status of Transfer complete reload flag. + (#) I2C_IT_BERR: to indicate the status of Bus error flag. + (#) I2C_IT_ARLO: to indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag. + (#) I2C_IT_OVR: to indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag. + (#) I2C_IT_PECERR: to indicate the status of PEC error in reception flag. + (#) I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: to indicate the status of Timeout or Tlow detection flag. + (#) I2C_IT_ALERT: to indicate the status of SMBus Alert flag. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); + (+) ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXIS: Transmit interrupt status + * @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TC: Transfer complete (master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TCR: Transfer complete reload + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy + * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + + /* Get the ISR register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->ISR; + + /* Get flag status */ + tmpreg &= I2C_FLAG; + + if(tmpreg != 0) + { + /* I2C_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's pending flags. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected flag */ + I2Cx->ICR = I2C_FLAG; + } + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_TXIS: Transmit interrupt status + * @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Receive data register not empty + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_TC: Transfer complete (master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_TCR: Transfer complete reload + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */ + /* If Error interrupt */ + if ((uint32_t)(I2C_IT & ERROR_IT_MASK)) + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((I2C_CR1_ERRIE) & (I2Cx->CR1)); + } + /* If TC interrupt */ + else if ((uint32_t)(I2C_IT & TC_IT_MASK)) + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((I2C_CR1_TCIE) & (I2Cx->CR1)); + } + else + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((I2C_IT) & (I2Cx->CR1)); + } + + /* Get the ISR register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->ISR; + + /* Get flag status */ + tmpreg &= I2C_IT; + + /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */ + if((tmpreg != RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* I2C_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the I2C_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected flag */ + I2Cx->ICR = I2C_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_iwdg.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_iwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa07736 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_iwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_iwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Independent watchdog (IWDG) peripheral: + * + Prescaler and Counter configuration + * + IWDG activation + * + Flag management + * + * @verbatim + * + ============================================================================== + ##### IWDG features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable + through option byte). + + [..] The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated low-speed clock (LSI) and + thus stays active even if the main clock fails. + Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and cannot be disabled + (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down from + the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) + a system reset is generated. + The IWDG counter should be reloaded at regular intervals to prevent + an MCU reset. + + [..] The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional + in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). + + [..] IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a IWDG + reset occurs. + + [..] Min-max timeout value @40KHz (LSI): ~0.1ms / ~28.3s + The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F37x + devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock + should be seleted as RTC clock which is internally connected to TIM14 CH1 + input capture). The measured value can be used to have an IWDG timeout with + an acceptable accuracy. + For more information, please refer to the STM32F37x Reference manual. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver allows to use IWDG peripheral with either window option enabled + or disabled. To do so follow one of the two procedures below. + (#) Window option is enabled: + (++) Start the IWDG using IWDG_Enable() function, when the IWDG is used + in software mode (no need to enable the LSI, it will be enabled + by hardware). + (++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers using + IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) function. + (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler using IWDG_SetPrescaler() function. + (++) Configure the IWDG counter value using IWDG_SetReload() function. + This value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter + is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. + (++) Wait for the IWDG registers to be updated using IWDG_GetFlagStatus() function. + (++) Configure the IWDG refresh window using IWDG_SetWindowValue() function. + + (#) Window option is disabled: + (++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers using + IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) function. + (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler using IWDG_SetPrescaler() function. + (++) Configure the IWDG counter value using IWDG_SetReload() function. + This value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter + is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. + (++) Wait for the IWDG registers to be updated using IWDG_GetFlagStatus() function. + (++) reload the IWDG counter at regular intervals during normal operation + to prevent an MCU reset, using IWDG_ReloadCounter() function. + (++) Start the IWDG using IWDG_Enable() function, when the IWDG is used + in software mode (no need to enable the LSI, it will be enabled + by hardware). + + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_iwdg.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG + * @brief IWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* ---------------------- IWDG registers bit mask ----------------------------*/ +/* KR register bit mask */ +#define KR_KEY_RELOAD ((uint16_t)0xAAAA) +#define KR_KEY_ENABLE ((uint16_t)0xCCCC) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group1 Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + * @brief Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * @param IWDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(IWDG_WriteAccess)); + + IWDG->KR = IWDG_WriteAccess; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Prescaler value. + * @param IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256 + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(IWDG_Prescaler)); + + IWDG->PR = IWDG_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Reload value. + * @param Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF. + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(Reload)); + IWDG->RLR = Reload; +} + +/** + * @brief Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register + * (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_RELOAD; +} + + +/** + * @brief Sets the IWDG window value. + * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter. + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetWindowValue(uint16_t WindowValue) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue)); + IWDG->WINR = WindowValue; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group2 IWDG activation function + * @brief IWDG activation function + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IWDG activation function ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_Enable(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group3 Flag management function + * @brief Flag management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Flag management function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not. + * @param IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_WVU: Counter Window Value Update on going + * @retval The new state of IWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_FLAG(IWDG_FLAG)); + if ((IWDG->SR & IWDG_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_pwr.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cc59f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,589 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * + Backup Domain Access + * + PVD configuration + * + WakeUp pins configuration + * + SDADC Analog configuration + * + Low Power modes configuration + * + Flags management + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_pwr.h" +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR + * @brief PWR driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */ +#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of DBP bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define DBP_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CR_DBP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */ +#define PVDE_BitNumber 0x04 +#define CR_PVDE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */ + +/* CR register bit mask */ +#define CR_DS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) +#define CR_PLS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group1 Backup Domain Access function + * @brief Backup Domain Access function + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Backup Domain Access function ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] After reset, the Backup Domain Registers (RCC BDCR Register, RTC registers + and RTC backup registers) are protected against possible stray write accesses. + [..] To enable access to Backup domain use the PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables access to the Backup domain registers. + * @note If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @param NewState: new state of the access to the Backup domain registers. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group2 PVD configuration functions + * @brief PVD configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### PVD configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a threshold + selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). + (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower than the + PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI line16 + and can generate an interrupt if enabled through the EXTI registers. + (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_0 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_1 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_3 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_4 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_5 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_6 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_7 + * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for + * more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each + * detection level. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel)); + + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + + /* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_PLS_MASK; + + /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param NewState: new state of the PVD. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group3 WakeUp pins configuration functions + * @brief WakeUp pins configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### WakeUp pin configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + + (+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. These pins are + forced in input pull down configuration and are active on rising edges. + (+) There are three WakeUp pins: WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00, WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13 and + WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * @param PWR_WakeUpPin: specifies the WakeUpPin. + * This parameter can be: PWR_WakeUpPin_1, PWR_WakeUpPin_2 or PWR_WakeUpPin_3. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPin, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PWR_WakeUpPin)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the EWUPx pin */ + PWR->CSR |= PWR_WakeUpPin; + } + else + { + /* Disable the EWUPx pin */ + PWR->CSR &= ~PWR_WakeUpPin; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group4 SDADC Analog part configuration function + * @brief SDADC Analog configuration function + * +@verbatim + + ============================================================================== + ##### SDADC analog configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) The SDADC peripherals are per default in deep power down mode, in order to + be used their analog part should be enabled and though by calling the + PWR_SDADCAnalogCmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * @param PWR_SDADCAnalog: specifies the SDADC. + * This parameter can be: PWR_SDADCAnalog_1, PWR_SDADCAnalog_2 or PWR_SDADCAnalog_3. + * @param NewState: new state of the SDADC Analog functionality. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_SDADCAnalogCmd(uint32_t PWR_SDADCAnalog, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_SDADC_ANALOG(PWR_SDADCAnalog)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SDADCx analog */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_SDADCAnalog; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SDADCx analog */ + PWR->CR &= ~PWR_SDADCAnalog; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group5 Low Power modes configuration functions + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Low Power modes configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] The devices feature three low-power modes: + (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running. + (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode + (+) Standby mode: VCORE domain powered off + + *** Sleep mode *** + ================== + [..] + (+) Entry: + (++) The Sleep mode is entered by executing the WFE() or WFI() instructions. + (+) Exit: + (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. + + *** Stop mode *** + ================= + [..] In Stop mode, all clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI, + the HSI14 and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register + contents are preserved. + The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. + + (+) Entry: + (++) The Stop mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_Regulator_LowPower,) + function with regulator in LowPower or with Regulator ON. + (+) Exit: + (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode + or any internal IPs (I2C, UASRT or CEC) wakeup event. + + *** Standby mode *** + ==================== + [..] The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based + on the Cortex-M4 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. + The VCORE domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI, the HSI14 + oscillator and the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register + contents are lost except for the Backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup + registers and Standby circuitry). + + [..] The voltage regulator is OFF. + + (+) Entry: + (++) The Standby mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. + (+) Exit: + (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup, + tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset. + + *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode *** + ============================================= + [..] The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, a tamper + event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, without depending on an + external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). + + (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 17 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 19 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function. + (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + + (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Standby mode + (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function. + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function. + (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + + (+) Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an comparator 1 or comparator 2 wakeup + event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 21 for comparator 1 or EXTI Line 22 for comparator 2 + to be sensitive to to the selected edges (falling, rising or falling + and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Configure the comparator to generate the event. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enters Sleep mode. + * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @param PWR_SLEEPEntry: specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSleepMode(uint8_t PWR_SLEEPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(PWR_SLEEPEntry)); + + /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex-M4 System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); + + /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(PWR_SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __WFE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STOP mode. + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode + * @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry)); + + /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + /* Clear PDDS and LPDSR bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK; + + /* Set LPDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + + /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __WFE(); + } + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STANDBY mode. + * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: + * - Reset pad (still available) + * - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for Wakeup pin 2 (WKUP2), tamper, + * time-stamp, RTC Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out. + * - WKUP pin 1 (PA0) and WKUP pin 3 (PE6), if enabled. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Clear Wakeup flag */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_CWUF; + + /* Select STANDBY mode */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex-M4 System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + +/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group6 Flags management functions + * @brief Flags management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Flags management functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event + * was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A or Alarm B), + * RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was + * resumed from StandBy mode. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled + * by the PWR_PVDCmd() function. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY: Internal Voltage Reference Ready flag. This + * flag indicates the state of the internal voltage reference, VREFINT. + * @retval The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + + if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the PWR's pending flags. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + + PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_rcc.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..934352d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1655 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Reset and clock control (RCC) peripheral: + * + Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration + * + System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration + * + Peripheral clocks configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### RCC specific features ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] After reset the device is running from HSI (8 MHz) with Flash 0 WS, + all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and SWD. + (#) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses; + all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at HSI speed. + (#) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. + (#) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the SWD pins which + are assigned to be used for debug purpose. + [..] Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: + (#) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock + (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) + (#) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings + (#) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers + (#) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used + (#) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not + derived from the System clock (SDADC, CEC, I2C, USART, RTC and IWDG) + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC + * @brief RCC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define RCC_OFFSET (RCC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of HSION bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define HSION_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CR_HSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (HSION_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of PLLON bit */ +#define PLLON_BitNumber 0x18 +#define CR_PLLON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLON_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of CSSON bit */ +#define CSSON_BitNumber 0x13 +#define CR_CSSON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (CSSON_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CFGR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of USBPRE bit */ +#define CFGR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define USBPRE_BitNumber 0x16 +#define CFGR_USBPRE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (USBPRE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- BDCR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of RTCEN bit */ +#define BDCR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x20) +#define RTCEN_BitNumber 0x0F +#define BDCR_RTCEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of BDRST bit */ +#define BDRST_BitNumber 0x10 +#define BDCR_BDRST_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (BDRST_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of LSION bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x24) +#define LSION_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CSR_LSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSION_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* ---------------------- RCC registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +/* RCC Flag Mask */ +#define FLAG_MASK ((uint8_t)0x1F) + +/* CFGR register byte 3 (Bits[31:23]) base address */ +#define CFGR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40021007) + +/* CIR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */ +#define CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40021009) + +/* CIR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ +#define CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4002100A) + +/* CR register byte 2 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ +#define CR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40021002) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +static __I uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; +static __I uint8_t ADCPrescTable[4] = {2, 4, 6, 8}; +static __I uint8_t SDADCPrescTable[16] = {2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48}; + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group1 Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + * @brief Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Internal-external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external clocks, + PLL, CSS and MCO. + (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 8 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly + or through the PLL as System clock source. + The HSI clock can be used also to clock the USART, I2C and CEC peripherals. + (#) LSI (low-speed internal), 40 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC + clock source. + (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 72 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or + through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. + (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. + LSE can be used also to clock the USART and CEC peripherals. + (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), for System clock. + (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enabled and if a HSE clock failure occurs + (HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock + is automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled. + The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) + exception vector. + (#) MCO (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, HSE, LSI, LSE, + PLL (divided by 2) clock on PA8 pin. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * @note HSI ON and used as system clock source + * @note HSE and PLL OFF + * @note AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescalers set to 1. + * @note CSS and MCO OFF + * @note All interrupts disabled + * @note However, this function doesn't modify the configuration of the + * @note Peripheral clocks + * @note LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Set HSION bit */ + RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001; + + /* Reset SW[1:0], HPRE[3:0], PPRE[2:0], ADCPRE, SDADCPRE and MCOSEL[2:0] bits */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0x00FF0000; + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFF; + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF; + + /* Reset PLLSRC, PLLXTPRE, PLLMUL and USBPRE bits */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xFF80FFFF; + + /* Reset PREDIV1[3:0] bits */ + RCC->CFGR2 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0; + + /* Reset USARTSW[1:0], I2CSW and CECSW bits */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xFFF0F8C; + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + RCC->CIR = 0x00000000; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External High Speed oscillator (HSE). + * @note After enabling the HSE (RCC_HSE_ON or RCC_HSE_Bypass), the application + * software should wait on HSERDY flag to be set indicating that HSE clock + * is stable and can be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock. + * @note HSE state can not be changed if it is used directly or through the + * PLL as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source + * of the system clock then change the HSE state (ex. disable it). + * @note The HSE is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @note This function resets the CSSON bit, so if the Clock security system(CSS) + * was previously enabled you have to enable it again after calling this + * function. + * @param RCC_HSE: specifies the new state of the HSE. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HSE_OFF: turn OFF the HSE oscillator, HSERDY flag goes low after + * 6 HSE oscillator clock cycles. + * @arg RCC_HSE_ON: turn ON the HSE oscillator + * @arg RCC_HSE_Bypass: HSE oscillator bypassed with external clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_HSE)); + + /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE ------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE2_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE_OFF; + + /* Set the new HSE configuration -------------------------------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE2_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE; + +} + +/** + * @brief Waits for HSE start-up. + * @note This function waits on HSERDY flag to be set and return SUCCESS if + * this flag is set, otherwise returns ERROR if the timeout is reached + * and this flag is not set. The timeout value is defined by the constant + * HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT in stm32f37x.h file. You can tailor it depending + * on the HSE crystal used in your application. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: HSE oscillator is stable and ready to use + * - ERROR: HSE oscillator not yet ready + */ +ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + FlagStatus HSEStatus = RESET; + + /* Wait till HSE is ready and if timeout is reached exit */ + do + { + HSEStatus = RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY); + StartUpCounter++; + } while((StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) && (HSEStatus == RESET)); + + if (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value. + * @note The calibration is used to compensate for the variations in voltage + * and temperature that influence the frequency of the internal HSI RC. + * @param HSICalibrationValue: specifies the HSI calibration trimming value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(HSICalibrationValue)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CR; + + /* Clear HSITRIM[4:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CR_HSITRIM; + + /* Set the HSITRIM[4:0] bits according to HSICalibrationValue value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)HSICalibrationValue << 3; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). + * @note After enabling the HSI, the application software should wait on + * HSIRDY flag to be set indicating that HSI clock is stable and can + * be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock. + * @note HSI can not be stopped if it is used directly or through the PLL + * as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source + * of the system clock then stop the HSI. + * @note The HSI is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @param NewState: new state of the HSI. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag goes low after 6 HSI oscillator + * clock cycles. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_HSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE). + * @note As the LSE is in the Backup domain and write access is denied to this + * domain after reset, you have to enable write access using + * PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure the LSE + * (to be done once after reset). + * @note After enabling the LSE (RCC_LSE_ON or RCC_LSE_Bypass), the application + * software should wait on LSERDY flag to be set indicating that LSE clock + * is stable and can be used to clock the RTC. + * @param RCC_LSE: specifies the new state of the LSE. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_LSE_OFF: turn OFF the LSE oscillator, LSERDY flag goes low after + * 6 LSE oscillator clock cycles. + * @arg RCC_LSE_ON: turn ON the LSE oscillator + * @arg RCC_LSE_Bypass: LSE oscillator bypassed with external clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSEConfig(uint32_t RCC_LSE) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_LSE)); + + /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ------------------*/ + /* Reset LSEON bit */ + RCC->BDCR &= ~(RCC_BDCR_LSEON); + + /* Reset LSEBYP bit */ + RCC->BDCR &= ~(RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP); + + /* Configure LSE */ + RCC->BDCR |= RCC_LSE; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) drive capability. + * @param RCC_LSEDrive: specifies the new state of the LSE drive capability. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_Low: LSE oscillator low drive capability. + * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_MediumLow: LSE oscillator medium low drive capability. + * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_MediumHigh: LSE oscillator medium high drive capability. + * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_High: LSE oscillator high drive capability. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSEDriveConfig(uint32_t RCC_LSEDrive) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE_DRIVE(RCC_LSEDrive)); + + /* Clear LSEDRV[1:0] bits */ + RCC->BDCR &= ~(RCC_BDCR_LSEDRV); + + /* Set the LSE Drive */ + RCC->BDCR |= RCC_LSEDrive; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). + * @note After enabling the LSI, the application software should wait on + * LSIRDY flag to be set indicating that LSI clock is stable and can + * be used to clock the IWDG and/or the RTC. + * @note LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is running. + * @param NewState: new state of the LSI. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the LSI is stopped, LSIRDY flag goes low after 6 LSI oscillator + * clock cycles. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the PLL clock source and multiplication factor. + * @note This function must be used only when the PLL is disabled. + * + * @param RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2: HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock source + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1: PREDIV1 clock selected as PLL clock entry + * @note The minimum input clock frequency for PLL is 2 MHz (when using HSE as + * PLL source). + * + * @param RCC_PLLMul: specifies the PLL multiplication factor, which drive the PLLVCO clock + * This parameter can be RCC_PLLMul_x where x:[2,16] + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t RCC_PLLMul) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_PLLMul)); + + /* Clear PLL Source [16] and Multiplier [21:18] bits */ + RCC->CFGR &= ~(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL | RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC); + + /* Set the PLL Source and Multiplier */ + RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)(RCC_PLLSource | RCC_PLLMul); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PLL. + * @note After enabling the PLL, the application software should wait on + * PLLRDY flag to be set indicating that PLL clock is stable and can + * be used as system clock source. + * @note The PLL can not be disabled if it is used as system clock source + * @note The PLL is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @param NewState: new state of the PLL. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the PREDIV1 division factor. + * @note This function must be used only when the PLL is disabled. + * @param RCC_PREDIV1_Div: specifies the PREDIV1 clock division factor. + * This parameter can be RCC_PREDIV1_Divx where x:[1,16] + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PREDIV1Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Div) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PREDIV1(RCC_PREDIV1_Div)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR2; + /* Clear PREDIV1[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1); + + /* Set the PREDIV1 division factor */ + tmpreg |= RCC_PREDIV1_Div; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Clock Security System. + * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator + * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the + * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), + * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to + * the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + * @param NewState: new state of the Clock Security System. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin (PA8). + * @note PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_NoClock: No clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSI: LSI oscillator clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSE: LSE oscillator clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK: System clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK_Div2: PLL clock divided by 2 selected. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCOSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO_SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); + + /* Select MCO clock source and prescaler */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CFGR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_MCOSource; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group2 System AHB, APB1 and APB2 busses clocks configuration functions + * @brief System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 busses clocks configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the System, AHB, APB1 and + APB2 busses clocks. + (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, + HSE and PLL. + The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable prescaler + and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped on AHB bus (DMA and GPIO). + APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived from AHB clock through + configurable prescalers and used to clock the peripherals mapped on these busses. + You can use "RCC_GetClocksFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. + + -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: + (+@) The FLASH program/erase clock which is always HSI 8MHz clock. + (+@) The USB 48 MHz clock which is derived from the PLL VCO clock. + (+@) The USART clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz, LSI or LSE. + (+@) The I2C clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz clock. + (+@) The CEC clock which can be derived from HSI 8MHz or LSE. + (+@) The RTC clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or 1 MHz HSE_RTC (HSE + divided by a programmable prescaler). + The System clock (SYSCLK) frequency must be higher or equal to the RTC + clock frequency. + (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. + + (#) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 72 MHz. + Depending on the maximum frequency, the FLASH wait states (WS) should be + adapted accordingly: + +---------------------------------+ + | Wait states | HCLK clock | + | (Latency) | frequency (MHz) | + |-------------- |-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < HCLK <= 24 | + |---------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|24 < HCLK <=48 | + |---------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|48 < HCLK <= 72 | + +---------------------------------+ + + (#) After reset, the System clock source is the HSI (8 MHz) with 0 WS and + prefetch is disabled. + [..] It is recommended to use the following software sequences to tune the number + of wait states needed to access the Flash memory with the CPU frequency (HCLK). + (+) Increasing the CPU frequency + (++) Program the Flash Prefetch buffer, using "FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(ENABLE)" + function + (++) Check that Flash Prefetch buffer activation is taken into account by + reading FLASH_ACR using the FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus() function + (++) Program Flash WS to 1 or 2, using "FLASH_SetLatency()" function + (++) Check that the new number of WS is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR + (++) Modify the CPU clock source, using "RCC_SYSCLKConfig()" function + (++) If needed, modify the CPU clock prescaler by using "RCC_HCLKConfig()" function + (++) Check that the new CPU clock source is taken into account by reading + the clock source status, using "RCC_GetSYSCLKSource()" function + (+) Decreasing the CPU frequency + (++) Modify the CPU clock source, using "RCC_SYSCLKConfig()" function + (++) If needed, modify the CPU clock prescaler by using "RCC_HCLKConfig()" function + (++) Check that the new CPU clock source is taken into account by reading + the clock source status, using "RCC_GetSYSCLKSource()" function + (++) Program the new number of WS, using "FLASH_SetLatency()" function + (++) Check that the new number of WS is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR + (++) Disable the Flash Prefetch buffer using "FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(DISABLE)" + function + (++) Check that Flash Prefetch buffer deactivation is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR + using the FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the system clock (SYSCLK). + * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after + * startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case + * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock + * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target + * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked). + * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will + * occur when the clock source will be ready. + * You can use RCC_GetSYSCLKSource() function to know which clock is + * currently used as system clock source. + * @param RCC_SYSCLKSource: specifies the clock source used as system clock source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI: HSI selected as system clock source + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE: HSE selected as system clock source + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK: PLL selected as system clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SYSCLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear SW[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_SW; + + /* Set SW[1:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLKSource value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLKSource; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the clock source used as system clock. + * @param None + * @retval The clock source used as system clock. The returned value can be one + * of the following values: + * - 0x00: HSI used as system clock + * - 0x04: HSE used as system clock + * - 0x08: PLL used as system clock + */ +uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void) +{ + return ((uint8_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the AHB clock (HCLK). + * @param RCC_SYSCLK: defines the AHB clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the system clock (SYSCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div1: AHB clock = SYSCLK + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div2: AHB clock = SYSCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div4: AHB clock = SYSCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div8: AHB clock = SYSCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div16: AHB clock = SYSCLK/16 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div64: AHB clock = SYSCLK/64 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div128: AHB clock = SYSCLK/128 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div256: AHB clock = SYSCLK/256 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div512: AHB clock = SYSCLK/512 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_SYSCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear HPRE[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_HPRE; + + /* Set HPRE[3:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLK; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Low Speed APB clock (PCLK1). + * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB1 clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the AHB clock (HCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB1 clock = HCLK + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB1 clock = HCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB1 clock = HCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB1 clock = HCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB1 clock = HCLK/16 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + /* Clear PPRE1[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; + + /* Set PPRE1[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the High Speed APB clock (PCLK2). + * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB2 clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the AHB clock (HCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB2 clock = HCLK + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB2 clock = HCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB2 clock = HCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB2 clock = HCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB2 clock = HCLK/16 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + /* Clear PPRE2[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; + /* Set PPRE2[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK << 3; + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the ADC clock (ADCCLK). + * @param RCC_PCLK2: defines the ADC clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the APB2 clock (PCLK2). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_PCLK2_Div2: ADC clock = PCLK2/2 + * @arg RCC_PCLK2_Div4: ADC clock = PCLK2/4 + * @arg RCC_PCLK2_Div6: ADC clock = PCLK2/6 + * @arg RCC_PCLK2_Div8: ADC clock = PCLK2/8 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ADCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_PCLK2) +{ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCCLK(RCC_PCLK2)); + + /* Clear ADCPRE[1:0] bits */ + RCC->CFGR &= ~RCC_CFGR_ADCPRE; + + /* Set ADCPRE[1:0] bits according to RCC_PCLK2 value */ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_PCLK2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SDADC clock (SDADCCLK). + * @param RCC_PCLK2: defines the ADC clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the system clock (SYSCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div2: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div4: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div6: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/6 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div8: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div10: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/10 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div12: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/12 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div14: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/14 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div16: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/16 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div20: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/20 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div24: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/24 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div28: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/28 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div32: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/32 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div36: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/36 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div40: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/40 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div44: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/44 + * @arg RCC_SDADCCLK_SYSCLK_Div48: SDADC clock = SYSCLK/48 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SDADCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SDADCCLK) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SDADCCLK(RCC_SDADCCLK)); + + /* Clear ADCPRE[1:0] bits */ + RCC->CFGR &= ~RCC_CFGR_SDADCPRE; + + /* Set SDADCPRE[4:0] bits according to RCC_PCLK2 value */ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_SDADCCLK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the CEC clock (CECCLK). + * @param RCC_CECCLK: defines the CEC clock source. This clock is derived + * from the HSI or LSE clock. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_CECCLK_HSI_Div244: CEC clock = HSI/244 (32768Hz) + * @arg RCC_CECCLK_LSE: CEC clock = LSE + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_CECCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_CECCLK) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CECCLK(RCC_CECCLK)); + + /* Clear CECSW bit */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_CECSW; + /* Set CECSW bits according to RCC_CECCLK value */ + RCC->CFGR3 |= RCC_CECCLK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C clock (I2CCLK). + * @param RCC_I2CCLK: defines the I2C clock source. This clock is derived + * from the HSI or System clock. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_I2CxCLK_HSI: I2Cx clock = HSI + * @arg RCC_I2CxCLK_SYSCLK: I2Cx clock = System Clock + * @note x can be 1 or 2 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_I2CCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2CCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2CCLK(RCC_I2CCLK)); + + tmp = (RCC_I2CCLK >> 28); + + /* Clear I2CSW bit */ + if (tmp == 0) + { + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_I2C1SW; + } + else + { + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_I2C2SW; + } + /* Set I2CSW bits according to RCC_I2CCLK value */ + RCC->CFGR3 |= RCC_I2CCLK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART clock (USARTCLK). + * @param RCC_USARTCLK: defines the USART clock source. This clock is derived + * from the HSI or System clock. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_PCLK: USART clock = APB Clock (PCLK) + * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_SYSCLK: USART clock = System Clock + * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_LSE: USART clock = LSE Clock + * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_HSI: USART clock = HSI Clock + * @note x can be 1, 2 or 3 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_USARTCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USARTCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USARTCLK(RCC_USARTCLK)); + + tmp = (RCC_USARTCLK >> 28); + + /* Clear USARTSW[1:0] bit */ + switch (tmp) + { + case 0x01: /* clear USART1SW */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW; + break; + case 0x02: /* clear USART2SW */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW; + break; + case 0x03: /* clear USART3SW */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW; + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Set USARTSW bits according to RCC_USARTCLK value */ + RCC->CFGR3 |= RCC_USARTCLK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the USB clock (USBCLK). + * @param RCC_USBCLKSource: specifies the USB clock source. This clock is + * derived from the PLL output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5: PLL clock divided by 1,5 selected as USB + * clock source + * @arg RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1: PLL clock selected as USB clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_USBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBCLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLK_SOURCE(RCC_USBCLKSource)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_USBPRE_BB = RCC_USBCLKSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the frequencies of the System, AHB, APB2 and APB1 busses clocks. + * @note The frequency returned by this function is not the real frequency + * in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined constant and + * the source selected by RCC_SYSCLKConfig(): + * + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns constant HSI_VALUE(*) + * + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns constant HSE_VALUE(**) + * + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns constant HSE_VALUE(**) + * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied by the PLL factors. + * + * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f37x.h file (default value + * 8 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature, refer to RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(). + * + * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f37x.h file (default value + * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * return wrong result. + * + * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @param RCC_Clocks: pointer to a RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold + * the clocks frequencies. + * + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function + * must be called to update the structure's field. Otherwise, any + * configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0, pllmull = 0, pllsource = 0, prediv1factor = 0, presc = 0; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS; + + switch (tmp) + { + case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_VALUE; + break; + case 0x08: /* PLL used as system clock */ + /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/ + pllmull = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL; + pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC; + pllmull = ( pllmull >> 18) + 2; + + if (pllsource == 0x00) + { + /* HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as PLL clock entry */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmull; + } + else + { + prediv1factor = (RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) + 1; + /* HSE oscillator clock selected as PREDIV1 clock entry */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (HSE_VALUE / prediv1factor) * pllmull; + } + break; + default: /* HSI used as system clock */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + /* Compute HCLK, PCLK clocks frequencies -----------------------------------*/ + /* Get HCLK prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE; + tmp = tmp >> 4; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency >> presc; + + /* Get PCLK1 prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; + tmp = tmp >> 8; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* PCLK1 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; + + /* Get PCLK2 prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; + tmp = tmp >> 11; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* PCLK2 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; + + /* Get ADCCLK prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_ADCPRE; + tmp = tmp >> 14; + presc = ADCPrescTable[tmp]; + /* ADCCLK clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->ADCCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency / presc; + + /* Get SDADCCLK prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SDADCPRE; + tmp = (tmp >> 27) & 0x0F; + presc = SDADCPrescTable[tmp]; + /* ADCCLK clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->SDADCCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency / presc; + + /* CECCLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_CECSW) != RCC_CFGR3_CECSW) + { + /* CEC Clock is HSI/244 */ + RCC_Clocks->CECCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE / 244; + } + else + { + /* CECC Clock is LSE Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->CECCLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + + /* I2C1CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_I2C1SW) != RCC_CFGR3_I2C1SW) + { + /* I2C1 Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->I2C1CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + else + { + /* I2C1 Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->I2C1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + + /* I2C2CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_I2C2SW) != RCC_CFGR3_I2C2SW) + { + /* I2C2 Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->I2C2CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + else + { + /* I2C2 Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->I2C2CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + + /* USART1CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == 0x0) + { + /* USART Clock is PCLK */ + RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW_0) + { + /* USART Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW_1) + { + /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) + { + /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + + /* USART2CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == 0x0) + { + /* USART Clock is PCLK */ + RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW_0) + { + /* USART Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW_1) + { + /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) + { + /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + + /* USART3CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == 0x0) + { + /* USART Clock is PCLK */ + RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW_0) + { + /* USART Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW_1) + { + /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) + { + /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group3 Peripheral clocks configuration functions + * @brief Peripheral clocks configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + #####Peripheral clocks configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the Peripheral clocks. + (#) The RTC clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or HSE_Div32 (HSE + divided by 32). + (#) After restart from Reset or wakeup from STANDBY, all peripherals are off + except internal SRAM, Flash and SWD. Before to start using a peripheral you + have to enable its interface clock. You can do this using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(), + RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd() and RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() functions. + (#) To reset the peripherals configuration (to the default state after device reset) + you can use RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd() and + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd() functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC clock (RTCCLK). + * @note As the RTC clock configuration bits are in the Backup domain and write + * access is denied to this domain after reset, you have to enable write + * access using PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure + * the RTC clock source (to be done once after reset). + * @note Once the RTC clock is configured it can't be changed unless the RTC + * is reset using RCC_BackupResetCmd function, or by a Power On Reset (POR) + * + * @param RCC_RTCCLKSource: specifies the RTC clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE: LSE selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI: LSI selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div32: HSE divided by 32 selected as RTC clock + * + * @note If the LSE or LSI is used as RTC clock source, the RTC continues to + * work in STOP and STANDBY modes, and can be used as wakeup source. + * However, when the HSE clock is used as RTC clock source, the RTC + * cannot be used in STOP and STANDBY modes. + * + * @note The maximum input clock frequency for RTC is 2MHz (when using HSE as + * RTC clock source). + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(RCC_RTCCLKSource)); + + /* Select the RTC clock source */ + RCC->BDCR |= RCC_RTCCLKSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock. + * @note This function must be used only after the RTC clock source was selected + * using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig function. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_RTCEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases the Backup domain reset. + * @note This function resets the RTC peripheral (including the backup registers) + * and the RTC clock source selection in RCC_BDCR register. + * @param NewState: new state of the Backup domain reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_BDRST_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_TS: TS clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC: CRC clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF: (has effect only when the Flash memory is in power down mode) + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM: SRAM clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2: DMA2 clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1: DMA1 clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHBENR |= RCC_AHBPeriph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHBENR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15: TIM15 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16: TIM16 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17: TIM17 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM19: TIM19 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDADC1: SDADC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDADC2: SDADC2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDADC3: SDADC3 clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2ENR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2ENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12: TIM12 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13: TIM13 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14: TIM14 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM18: TIM18 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB: USB clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1: CAN1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC2: DAC2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC1: DAC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CEC: CEC clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1ENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases AHB peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_TS: TS clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_RST_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHBRSTR |= RCC_AHBPeriph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHBRSTR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15: TIM15 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16: TIM16 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17: TIM17 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM19: TIM19 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDADC1: SDADC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDADC2: SDADC2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDADC3: SDADC3 clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2RSTR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2RSTR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12: TIM12 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13: TIM13 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14: TIM14 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM18: TIM18 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB: USB clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1: CAN1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC2: DAC2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC1: DAC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CEC: CEC clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1RSTR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1RSTR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RCC interrupts. + * @note The CSS interrupt doesn't have an enable bit; once the CSS is enabled + * and if the HSE clock fails, the CSS interrupt occurs and an NMI is + * automatically generated. The NMI will be executed indefinitely, and + * since NMI has higher priority than any other IRQ (and main program) + * the application will be stacked in the NMI ISR unless the CSS interrupt + * pending bit is cleared. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RCC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_IT(RCC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[13:8] bits to enable the selected interrupts */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= RCC_IT; + } + else + { + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[13:8] bits to disable the selected interrupts */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (uint8_t)~RCC_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC flag is set or not. + * @param RCC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: PLL clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_OBLRST: Option Byte Loader (OBL) reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_V18PWRRSTF: Voltage regulator reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset + * @retval The new state of RCC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint32_t statusreg = 0; + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_FLAG(RCC_FLAG)); + + /* Get the RCC register index */ + tmp = RCC_FLAG >> 5; + + if (tmp == 0) /* The flag to check is in CR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->CR; + } + else if (tmp == 1) /* The flag to check is in BDCR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->BDCR; + } + else /* The flag to check is in CSR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->CSR; + } + + /* Get the flag position */ + tmp = RCC_FLAG & FLAG_MASK; + + if ((statusreg & ((uint32_t)1 << tmp)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RCC reset flags. + * The reset flags are: RCC_FLAG_OBLRST, RCC_FLAG_PINRST, RCC_FLAG_PORRST, + * RCC_FLAG_SFTRST, RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST, RCC_FLAG_V18PWRRSTF. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClearFlag(void) +{ + /* Set RMVF bit to clear the reset flags */ + RCC->CSR |= RCC_CSR_RMVF; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt + * @retval The new state of RCC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT)); + + /* Check the status of the specified RCC interrupt */ + if ((RCC->CIR & RCC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the RCC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RCC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT)); + + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16] bits to clear the selected interrupt + pending bits */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_rtc.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc24893 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,2597 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real-Time Clock (RTC) peripheral: + * + Initialization + * + Calendar (Time and Date) configuration + * + Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration + * + WakeUp Timer configuration + * + Daylight Saving configuration + * + Output pin Configuration + * + Original Digital Calibration configuration + * + Digital Calibration configuration + * + TimeStamp configuration + * + Tampers configuration + * + Backup Data Registers configuration + * + Output Type Config configuration + * + Shift control synchronisation + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Backup Domain Operating Condition ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The real-time clock (RTC) and the RTC backup registers can be powered + from the VBAT voltage when the main VDD supply is powered off. + To retain the content of the RTC backup registers and supply the RTC + when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional + standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source. + + [..] To allow the RTC to operate even when the main digital supply (VDD) + is turned off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks: + (#) The RTC + (#) The LSE oscillator + (#) PC13 to PC15 I/Os I/Os (when available) + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected + to VDD), the following functions are available: + (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins + (#) PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF pin + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected + to VBAT because VDD is not present), the following functions are available: + (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only + (#) PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF pin + + ##### Backup Domain Reset ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR + register to their reset values. + A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events + occurs: + (#) Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the + RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR). You can use the + RCC_BackupResetCmd(). + (#) VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been + powered off. + + ##### Backup Domain Access ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers and RTC backup data + registers) is protected against possible unwanted write accesses. + [..] To enable access to the Backup Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (#) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + (#) Enable access to Backup domain using the PWR_BackupAccessCmd() function. + (#) Select the RTC clock source using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig() function. + (#) Enable RTC Clock using the RCC_RTCCLKCmd() function. + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable the backup domain access (see description in the section above) + (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and + RTC hour format using the RTC_Init() function. + + ***Time and Date configuration *** + ================================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the RTC_SetTime() + and RTC_SetDate() functions. + (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the RTC_GetTime() and RTC_GetDate() + functions. + (+) To read the RTC subsecond, use the RTC_GetSubSecond() function. + (+) Use the RTC_DayLightSavingConfig() function to add or sub one + hour to the RTC Calendar. + + ***Alarm configuration *** + ========================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the RTC_SetAlarm() function. + (+) Enable the selected RTC Alarm using the RTC_AlarmCmd() function + (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the RTC_GetAlarm() function. + (+) To read the RTC alarm SubSecond, use the RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond() function. + + ***RTC Wakeup configuration*** + ========================== + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source use the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the RTC WakeUp Counter using the RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() + function + (+) Enable the RTC WakeUp using the RTC_WakeUpCmd() function + (+) To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the RTC_GetWakeUpCounter() + function. + + ***Outputs configuration *** + ============================ + [..] The RTC has 2 different outputs: + (+) AFO_ALARM: this output is used to manage the RTC Alarm A. + To output the selected RTC signal on RTC_AF pin, use the + RTC_OutputConfig() function. + (+) AFO_CALIB: this output is 512Hz signal or 1Hz . + To output the RTC Clock on RTC_AF pin, use the RTC_CalibOutputCmd() + function. + + ***Original Digital Calibration configuration *** + ================================= + [..] Configure the RTC Original Digital Calibration Value and the corresponding + calibration cycle period (32s,16s and 8s) using the RTC_SmoothCalibConfig() + function. + + ***TimeStamp configuration *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC_AF trigger and enables the RTC TimeStamp + using the RTC_TimeStampCmd() function. + (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the + RTC_GetTimeStamp() function. + (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp SubSecond register, use the + RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond() function. + + ***Tamper configuration *** + =========================== + [..] + (+) Configure the Tamper filter count using RTC_TamperFilterConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the RTC Tamper trigger Edge or Level according to the Tamper + filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) value using the RTC_TamperConfig() function + (+) Configure the Tamper sampling frequency using RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the Tamper precharge or discharge duration using + RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration() function. + (+) Enable the Tamper Pull-UP using RTC_TamperPullUpDisableCmd() function. + (+) Enable the RTC Tamper using the RTC_TamperCmd() function. + (+) Enable the Time stamp on Tamper detection event using + RTC_TSOnTamperDetecCmd() function. + + ***Backup Data Registers configuration *** + ========================================== + [..] + (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_WriteBackupRegister() + function. + (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_ReadBackupRegister() + function. + + ##### RTC and low power modes ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate + function. + [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarm (Alarm A), RTC tamper + event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. + These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop + and Standby lowpower modes. + The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending + on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm events. + [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the + Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals. + Wakeup from STOP and Standby modes is possible only when the RTC + clock source is LSE or LSI. + + ##### Selection of RTC_AF alternate functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The RTC_AF pin (PC13) can be used for the following purposes: + (+) Wakeup pin 2 (WKUP2) using the PWR_WakeUpPinCmd() function. + (+) AFO_ALARM output + (+) AFO_CALIB output + (+) AFI_TAMPER + (+) AFI_TIMESTAMP + + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Pin |RTC ALARM |RTC CALIB |RTC TAMPER |RTC TIMESTAMP |PC13MODE| PC13VALUE | + | configuration | OUTPUT | OUTPUT | INPUT | INPUT | bit | bit | + | and function | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | | | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | | + | output OD | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | 0 | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | | + | output PP | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | 1 | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Calibration out | | | | | Don't | | + | output PP | 0 | 1 |Don't care | Don't care | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | TAMPER input | | | | | Don't | | + | floating | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | Don't | | + | TAMPER input | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | care | Don't care | + | floating | | | | | | | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | TIMESTAMP input | | | | | Don't | | + | floating | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Output PP | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | PC13 output | + | Forced | | | | | | | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Wakeup Pin or | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Don't care | + | Standard GPIO | | | | | | | + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_rtc.h" +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC + * @brief RTC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Masks Definition */ +#define RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x007F7F7F) +#define RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FFFF3F) +#define RTC_INIT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) +#define RTC_RSF_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF5F) +#define RTC_FLAGS_MASK ((uint32_t)(RTC_FLAG_TSOVF | RTC_FLAG_TSF | RTC_FLAG_WUTF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF | RTC_FLAG_INITF | \ + RTC_FLAG_RSF | RTC_FLAG_INITS | RTC_FLAG_WUTWF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF | RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F | \ + RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F | RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F | RTC_FLAG_RECALPF | \ + RTC_FLAG_SHPF)) + +#define INITMODE_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00002000) +#define SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00004000) +#define RECALPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00001000) +#define SHPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00001000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value); +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to initialize and configure the RTC + Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable RTC registers + Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, RTC registers + synchronization check and reference clock detection enable. + + (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. + It is split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption. + (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and A 13-bit synchronous prescaler. + (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the + asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize consumption. + + (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers + is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR. + + (#) To Configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter initialization + mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped and its value can be + updated. When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + + (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar initialization, + calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes the software must first + clear the RSF flag. The software must then wait until it is set again before + reading the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + The RTC_WaitForSynchro() function implements the above software sequence + (RSF clear and RSF check). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the RTC registers to their default reset values. + * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data + * registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are deinitialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not deinitialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101; + + /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007; + + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF; + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF; + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMASSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMBSSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ + RTC->TAFCR = 0x00000000; + + /* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */ + if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters + * in RTC_InitStruct. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral. + * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in + * initialization mode only. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear RTC CR FMT Bit */ + RTC->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT)); + /* Set RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= ((uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + + /* Configure the RTC PRER */ + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv); + RTC->PRER |= (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv << 16); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the RTC_HourFormat member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat = RTC_HourFormat_24; + + /* Initialize the RTC_AsynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0x7F; + + /* Initialize the RTC_SynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC registers write protection. + * @note All the RTC registers are write protected except for RTC_ISR[13:8], + * RTC_TAFCR and RTC_BKPxR. + * @note Writing a wrong key reactivates the write protection. + * @note The protection mechanism is not affected by system reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the write protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + } + else + { + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode + * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t initcounter = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t initstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set the Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK; + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + initstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF; + initcounter++; + } while((initcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (initstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Exits the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ExitInitMode(void) +{ + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are + * synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + * the software must first clear the RSF flag. + * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading + * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t synchrocounter = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t synchrostatus = 0x00; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK; + + /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ + do + { + synchrostatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF; + synchrocounter++; + } while((synchrocounter != SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT) && (synchrostatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC reference clock detection. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC reference clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC reference clock detection is enabled + * - ERROR: RTC reference clock detection is disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR |= RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR &= ~RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Bypass Shadow feature. + * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken + * directly from the Calendar counter. + * @param NewState: new state of the Bypass Shadow feature. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None +*/ +void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */ + RTC->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; + } + else + { + /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */ + RTC->CR &= (uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group2 Time and Date configuration functions + * @brief Time and Date configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Time and Date configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC + Calendar (Time and Date). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains + * the time configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)); + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours))); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds))); + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_TR register */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_TimeStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00min:00sec). + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current Time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current time configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC current Calendar Subseconds value. + * @note This function freeze the Time and Date registers after reading the + * SSR register. + * @param None + * @retval RTC current Calendar Subseconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Get subseconds values from the correspondent registers*/ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->SSR); + + /* Read DR register to unfroze calendar registers */ + (void) (RTC->DR); + + return (tmpreg); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains + * the date configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Date register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Date register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if ((RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & 0x10) == 0x10)) + { + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10)) + 0x0A; + } + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year))); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(tmpreg)); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay)); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = ((((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay) << 13)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay << 13)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_DR register */ + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_DateStruct member with its default value + * (Monday, January 01 xx00). + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = RTC_Weekday_Monday; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = 1; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = RTC_Month_January; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current date configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group3 Alarms configuration functions + * @brief Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC + Alarms. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm. + * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm + * is disabled (Use the RTC_AlarmCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that + * contains the alarm configuration parameters. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_ALARM_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours))); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds))); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); + } + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + else + { + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_AlarmStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / Date = 1st day of the month/Mask = + * all fields are masked). + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a @ref RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = 0; + + /* Alarm Date Settings : Date = 1st day of the month */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = 1; + + /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = RTC_AlarmMask_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC Alarm value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that will + * contains the output alarm configuration values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + + /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMAR); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMBR); + } + + /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_SU)); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_AlarmMask_All); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC Alarm. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param NewState: new state of the specified alarm. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Alarm is enabled/disabled + * - ERROR: RTC Alarm is not enabled/disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t alarmcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t alarmstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm state */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Alarm; + + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Alarm in RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Alarm; + + /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + alarmstatus = RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8); + alarmcounter++; + } while((alarmcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (alarmstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8)) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the RTC AlarmA/B Subseconds value and mask. + * @note This function is performed only when the Alarm is disabled. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue: specifies the Subseconds value. + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 0x00007FFF. + * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask: specifies the Subseconds Mask. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All: All Alarm SS fields are masked. + * There is no comparison on sub seconds for Alarm. + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1: SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[0] is compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2: SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[1:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3: SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[2:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4: SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[3:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5: SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[4:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6: SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[5:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7: SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[6:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8: SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[7:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9: SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[8:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10: SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[9:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11: SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[10:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12: SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[11:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13: SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[12:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14: SS[14] is don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[13:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None: SS[14:0] are compared and must match to activate alarm + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B SubSecond registers */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t) (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue) | (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask); + + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + /* Configure the AlarmA SubSecond register */ + RTC->ALRMASSR = tmpreg; + } + else + { + /* Configure the Alarm B SubSecond register */ + RTC->ALRMBSSR = tmpreg; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC Alarm Subseconds value. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param None + * @retval RTC Alarm Subseconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMASSR) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMBSSR) & RTC_ALRMBSSR_SS); + } + + return (tmpreg); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group4 WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * @brief WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### WakeUp Timer configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC WakeUp. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup clock source. + * @note The WakeUp Clock source can only be changed when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpClock: Wakeup Clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(RTC_WakeUpClock)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; + + /* Configure the clock source */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpClock; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup counter. + * @note The RTC WakeUp counter can only be written when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpCounter: specifies the WakeUp counter. + * This parameter can be a value from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(RTC_WakeUpCounter)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */ + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpCounter; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC WakeUp timer counter value. + * @param None + * @retval The RTC WakeUp Counter value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void) +{ + /* Get the counter value */ + return ((uint32_t)(RTC->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC WakeUp timer. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp timer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_WUTE; + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUTE; + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group5 Daylight Saving configuration functions + * @brief Daylight Saving configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Daylight Saving configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the RTC DayLight Saving. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Adds or substract one hour from the current time. + * @param RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H: Substract one hour (winter time) + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H: Add one hour (summer time) + * @param RTC_StoreOperation: Specifies the value to be written in the BCK bit + * in CR register to store the operation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Reset: BCK Bit Reset + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Set: BCK Bit Set + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(RTC_DayLightSaving)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(RTC_StoreOperation)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_BCK); + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_DayLightSaving | RTC_StoreOperation); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * @param None + * @retval RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Reset + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Set + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void) +{ + return (RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BCK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group6 Output pin Configuration function + * @brief Output pin Configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Output pin Configuration function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the RTC Output source. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC output source (AFO_ALARM). + * @param RTC_Output: Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Output_Disable: No output selected + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmA: signal of AlarmA mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmB: signal of AlarmB mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_WakeUp: signal of WakeUp mapped to output + * @param RTC_OutputPolarity: Specifies the polarity of the output signal. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_High: The output pin is high when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_Low: The output pin is low when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT(RTC_Output)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(RTC_OutputPolarity)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL); + + /* Configure the output selection and polarity */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Output | RTC_OutputPolarity); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group7 Digital Calibration configuration functions + * @brief Digital Calibration configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Digital Calibration configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock to be output through the relative pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the digital calibration Output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_COE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COE; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + * @param RTC_CalibOutput: Select the Calibration output Selection . + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz. + * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz: A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz. + * @retval None +*/ +void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(RTC_CalibOutput)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /*clear flags before config*/ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_COSEL); + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CalibOutput; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Smooth Calibration Settings. + * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod: Select the Smooth Calibration Period. + * This parameter can be can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec: The smooth calibration periode is 32s. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec: The smooth calibration periode is 16s. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec: The smooth calibartion periode is 8s. + * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Select to Set or reset the CALP bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set: Add one RTCCLK puls every 2**11 pulses. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset: No RTCCLK pulses are added. + * @param RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Calib registers are configured + * - ERROR: RTC Calib registers are not configured +*/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod, + uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses, + uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t recalpfcount = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* check if a calibration is pending*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) + { + /* wait until the Calibration is completed*/ + while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) && (recalpfcount != RECALPF_TIMEOUT)) + { + recalpfcount++; + } + } + + /* check if the calibration pending is completed or if there is no calibration operation at all*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) == RESET) + { + /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */ + RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (ErrorStatus)(status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group8 TimeStamp configuration functions + * @brief TimeStamp configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### TimeStamp configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC TimeStamp functionality with the + * specified time stamp pin stimulating edge. + * @param RTC_TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is + * activated. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising: the Time stamp event occurs on the rising + * edge of the related pin. + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * falling edge of the related pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the TimeStamp. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(RTC_TimeStampEdge)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + /* Get the new configuration */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge | RTC_CR_TSE); + } + else + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + RTC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC TimeStamp value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_StampTimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp time values. + * @param RTC_StampDateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp date values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, + RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */ + tmptime = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + tmpdate = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the Time structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + + /* Convert the Date structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC timestamp Subseconds value. + * @param None + * @retval RTC current timestamp Subseconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void) +{ + /* Get timestamp subseconds values from the correspondent registers */ + return (uint32_t)(RTC->TSSSR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group9 Tampers configuration functions + * @brief Tampers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Tampers configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the select Tamper pin edge. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Tamper_1: Select Tamper 1. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_2: Select Tamper 2. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_3: Select Tamper 3. + * @param RTC_TamperTrigger: Specifies the trigger on the tamper pin that + * stimulates tamper event. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge: Rising Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge: Falling Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel: Low Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel: High Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(RTC_TamperTrigger)); + + /* Check if the active level for Tamper is rising edge (Low level)*/ + if (RTC_TamperTrigger == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RTC_Tamper << 1)); + } + else + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Tamper << 1); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Tamper detection. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Tamper_1: Select Tamper 1. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_2: Select Tamper 2. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_3: Select Tamper 3. + * @param NewState: new state of the tamper pin. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Tamper; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Tamper; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Filter. + * @param RTC_TamperFilter: Specifies the tampers filter. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_Disable: Tamper filter is disabled. + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample: Tamper is activated after 2 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample: Tamper is activated after 4 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample: Tamper is activated after 8 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(RTC_TamperFilter)); + + /* Clear TAMPFLT[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperFilter; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Sampling Frequency. + * @param RTC_TamperSamplingFreq: Specifies the tampers Sampling Frequency. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256 + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(RTC_TamperSamplingFreq)); + + /* Clear TAMPFREQ[2:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperSamplingFreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Pins input Precharge Duration. + * @param RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration: Specifies the Tampers Pins input + * Precharge Duration. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycle + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration)); + + /* Clear TAMPPRCH[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the TimeStamp on Tamper Detection Event. + * @note The timestamp is valid even the TSE bit in tamper control register + * is reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the timestamp on tamper event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Save timestamp on tamper detection event */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS; + } + else + { + /* Tamper detection does not cause a timestamp to be saved */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Precharge of Tamper pin. + * @param NewState: new state of tamper pull up. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS; + } + else + { + /* Disable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group10 Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * @brief Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Backup Data Registers configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Write the specified register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @retval None + */ +uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Read the specified register */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group11 Output Type Config configuration functions + * @brief Output Type Config configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Output Type Config configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Output Pin mode. + * @param RTC_OutputType: specifies the RTC Output (PC13) pin mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Open Drain mode. + * @arg RTC_OutputType_PushPull: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Push Pull mode. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(RTC_OutputType)); + + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE); + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_OutputType); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group12 Shift control synchronisation functions + * @brief Shift control synchronisation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Shift control synchronisation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings. + * @note When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register + * @param RTC_ShiftAdd1S: Select to add or not 1 second to the time Calendar. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set: Add one second to the clock calendar. + * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset: No effect. + * @param RTC_ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to Substitute. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Shift registers are configured + * - ERROR: RTC Shift registers are not configured +*/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t shpfcount = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(RTC_ShiftAdd1S)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(RTC_ShiftSubFS)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Check if a Shift is pending*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) + { + /* Wait until the shift is completed*/ + while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) && (shpfcount != SHPF_TIMEOUT)) + { + shpfcount++; + } + } + + /* Check if the Shift pending is completed or if there is no Shift operation at all*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) == RESET) + { + /* check if the reference clock detection is disabled */ + if((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET) + { + /* Configure the Shift settings */ + RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftAdd1S); + + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (ErrorStatus)(status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group13 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] All RTC interrupts are connected to the EXTI controller. + + (+) To enable the RTC Alarm interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 17 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the RTC_Alarm IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to generate RTC alarms (Alarm A and/or Alarm B) + using the RTC_SetAlarm() and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + + (+) To enable the RTC Wakeup interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 20 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the RTC_WKUP IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC wakeup timer event using the + RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() + functions. + + (+) To enable the RTC Tamper interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC tamper event using the + RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() functions. + + (+) To enable the RTC TimeStamp interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC time-stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampCmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper event interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(RTC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & ~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + else + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RECALPF: RECALPF event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper 3 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp OverFlow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITF: Initialization mode flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITS: Registers Configured flag + * @argRTC_FLAG_SHPF : Shift operation pending flag. + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTWF: WakeUp Timer Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF: Alarm B Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF: Alarm A write flag + * @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Get all the flags */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_FLAGS_MASK); + + /* Return the status of the flag */ + if ((tmpreg & RTC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's pending flags. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the RTC flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper 3 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp Overflow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the Flags in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((RTC_FLAG | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0001FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3 event interrupt + * @retval The new state of RTC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TAFCR & (RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE)); + + /* Get the Interrupt enable Status */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((RTC->CR & RTC_IT) | (tmpreg & ((RTC_IT >> (RTC_IT >> 18)) >> 15))); + + /* Get the Interrupt pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ISR & (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4))); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if ((enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((tmpreg & 0x0000FFFF) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3 event interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the RTC_ISR Interrupt pending bits mask */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4); + + /* Clear the interrupt pending bits in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((tmpreg | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format. + * @param Value: Byte to be converted. + * @retval Converted byte + */ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t bcdhigh = 0; + + while (Value >= 10) + { + bcdhigh++; + Value -= 10; + } + + return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value); +} + +/** + * @brief Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary. + * @param Value: BCD value to be converted. + * @retval Converted word + */ +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t tmp = 0; + tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10; + return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_spi.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f1fda5 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,1302 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_spi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial peripheral interface (SPI): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data transfers functions + * + Hardware CRC Calculation + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE) + function for SPI1 or using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE) + function for SPI2 or using RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE) + for SPI3. + + (#) Enable SCK, MOSI, MISO and NSS GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. + + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF. + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members. + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + + (#) Program the Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, Slave + Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + function.In I2S mode, program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK + Output, Audio frequency and Polarity using I2S_Init() function. + + (#) Configure the FIFO threshold using SPI_RxFIFOThresholdConfig() to select + at which threshold the RXNE event is generated. + + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + SPI_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. + (++) Active the needed channel Request using SPI_I2S_DMACmd() function. + + (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function or enable the I2S using + I2S_Cmd(). + + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode. + + (#) Optionally, you can enable/configure the following parameters without + re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again SPI_Init() function): + (++) When bidirectional mode (SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx or SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx) + is programmed as Data direction parameter using the SPI_Init() + function it can be possible to switch between SPI_Direction_Tx + or SPI_Direction_Rx using the SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig() function. + (++) When SPI_NSS_Soft is selected as Slave Select Management parameter + using the SPI_Init() function it can be possible to manage the + NSS internal signal using the SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig() function. + (++) Reconfigure the data size using the SPI_DataSizeConfig() function. + (++) Enable or disable the SS output using the SPI_SSOutputCmd() function. + + (#) To use the CRC Hardware calculation feature refer to the Peripheral + CRC hardware Calculation subsection. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_spi.h" +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI + * @brief SPI driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* SPI registers Masks */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x3040) +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK2 ((uint16_t)0xFFFB) +#define CR2_LDMA_MASK ((uint16_t)0x9FFF) + +#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xF040) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SPI Direction, + SPI Mode, SPI Data Size, SPI Polarity, SPI Phase, SPI NSS Management, SPI Baud + Rate Prescaler, SPI First Bit and SPI CRC Polynomial. + + [..] The SPI_Init() function follows the SPI configuration procedures for Master mode + and Slave mode (details for these procedures are available in reference manual). + + [..] When the Software NSS management (SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Soft) is selected, + use the following function to manage the NSS bit: + void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft); + + [..] In Master mode, when the Hardware NSS management (SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard) + is selected, use the follwoing function to enable the NSS output feature. + void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + + [..] The NSS pulse mode can be managed by the SPI TI mode when enabling it using the following function: + void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + And it can be managed by software in the SPI Motorola mode using this function: + void SPI_NSSPulseModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + + [..] This section provides also functions to initialize the I2S Mode, Standard, + Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity. + + [..] The I2S_Init() function follows the I2S configuration procedures for Master mode + and Slave mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their default + * reset values. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + if (SPIx == SPI1) + { + /* Enable SPI1 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE); + } + else if (SPIx == SPI2) + { + /* Enable SPI2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (SPIx == SPI3) + { + /* Enable SPI3 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI3 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex; + /* Initialize the SPI_Mode member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave; + /* Initialize the SPI_DataSize member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge; + /* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard; + /* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2; + /* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; + /* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the SPI_InitStruct. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Check the SPI parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATA_SIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial)); + + /*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR1; + /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, CPOL and CPHA bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler + master/slave mode, CPOL and CPHA */ + /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */ + /* Set SSM, SSI bit according to SPI_NSS values */ + /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */ + /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler); + /* Write to SPIx CR1 */ + SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg; + /*-------------------------Data Size Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR2; + /* Clear DS[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &=(uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_DS; + /* Configure SPIx: Data Size */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize); + /* Write to SPIx CR2 */ + SPIx->CR2 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */ + SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial; + + /*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR1; + /* Clear MSTR bit */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK2; + /* Configure SPIx: master/slave mode */ + /* Set MSTR bit according to SPI_Mode */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode); + /* Write to SPIx CR1 */ + SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the I2S_Mode member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx; + + /* Initialize the I2S_Standard member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips; + + /* Initialize the I2S_DataFormat member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b; + + /* Initialize the I2S_MCLKOutput member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable; + + /* Initialize the I2S_AudioFreq member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default; + + /* Initialize the I2S_CPOL member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the I2S_InitStruct. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral + * configured in I2S mode. + * @note This function calculates the optimal prescaler needed to obtain the most + * accurate audio frequency (depending on the I2S clock source, the PLL values + * and the product configuration). But in case the prescaler value is greater + * than 511, the default value (0x02) will be configured instead. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1; + uint32_t tmp = 0; + RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks; + uint32_t sourceclock = 0; + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)); + +/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask; + SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002; + + /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR; + + /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default) + { + i2sodd = (uint16_t)0; + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2; + } + /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ + else + { + /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) */ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b) + { + /* Packet length is 16 bits */ + packetlength = 1; + } + else + { + /* Packet length is 32 bits */ + packetlength = 2; + } + + /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks); + + /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */ + sourceclock = RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency; + + /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) + { + /* MCLK output is enabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256) * 10) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + else + { + /* MCLK output is disabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + + /* Remove the floating point */ + tmp = tmp / 10; + + /* Check the parity of the divider */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001); + + /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2); + + /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8); + } + + /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ + if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF)) + { + /* Set the default values */ + i2sdiv = 2; + i2sodd = 0; + } + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ + SPIx->I2SPR = (uint16_t)(i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); + + /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode | \ + (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \ + (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)))); + + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_SPE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TI Mode. + * + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @note When TI mode is selected, the control bits SSM, SSI, CPOL and CPHA + * are not taken into consideration and are configured by hardware + * respectively to the TI mode requirements. + * + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI TI communication mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_FRF; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_FRF); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode). + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the data size for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size. + * For the SPIx peripheral this parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_DataSize_4b: Set data size to 4 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_5b: Set data size to 5 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_6b: Set data size to 6 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_7b: Set data size to 7 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data size to 8 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_9b: Set data size to 9 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_10b: Set data size to 10 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_11b: Set data size to 11 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_12b: Set data size to 12 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_13b: Set data size to 13 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_14b: Set data size to 14 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_15b: Set data size to 15 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data size to 16 bits + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATA_SIZE(SPI_DataSize)); + /* Read the CR2 register */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR2; + /* Clear DS[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_DS; + /* Set new DS[3:0] bits value */ + tmpreg |= SPI_DataSize; + SPIx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the FIFO reception threshold for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_RxFIFOThreshold: specifies the FIFO reception threshold. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_HF: RXNE event is generated if the FIFO + * level is greater or equal to 1/2. + * @arg SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_QF: RXNE event is generated if the FIFO + * level is greater or equal to 1/4. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_RxFIFOThresholdConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_RxFIFOThreshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_RX_FIFO_THRESHOLD(SPI_RxFIFOThreshold)); + + /* Clear FRXTH bit */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_FRXTH); + + /* Set new FRXTH bit value */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_RxFIFOThreshold; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction + * @arg SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction)); + if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx) + { + /* Set the Tx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx; + } + else + { + /* Set the Rx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft)); + + if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset) + { + /* Set NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set; + } + else + { + /* Reset NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called and the NSS hardware management mode is selected. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_SSOE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the NSS pulse management mode. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @note When TI mode is selected, the control bits NSSP is not taken into + * consideration and are configured by hardware respectively to the + * TI mode requirements. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the NSS pulse management mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_NSSPulseModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the NSS pulse management mode */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_NSSP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the NSS pulse management mode */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_NSSP); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI or I2S + data transfers. + + [..] In reception, data are received and then stored into an internal Rx buffer while + In transmission, data are first stored into an internal Tx buffer before being + transmitted. + + [..] The read access of the SPI_DR register can be done using + SPI_ReceiveData8() (when data size is equal or inferior than 8bits) and. + SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16() (when data size is superior than 8bits)function + and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the SPI_DR + can be done using SPI_SendData8() (when data size is equal or inferior than 8bits) + and SPI_I2S_SendData16() (when data size is superior than 8bits) function + and stores the written data into Tx buffer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_SendData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t Data) +{ + uint32_t spixbase = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + spixbase = (uint32_t)SPIx; + spixbase += 0x0C; + + *(__IO uint8_t *) spixbase = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_SendData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + SPIx->DR = (uint16_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t SPI_ReceiveData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + uint32_t spixbase = 0x00; + + spixbase = (uint32_t)SPIx; + spixbase += 0x0C; + + return *(__IO uint8_t *) spixbase; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + return SPIx->DR; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group3 Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * @brief Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Hardware CRC Calculation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI CRC hardware + calculation.SPI communication using CRC is possible through the following procedure: + + (#) Program the Data direction, Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, + Slave Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + function. + (#) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function + (#) Before writing the last data to the TX buffer, set the CRCNext bit using the + SPI_TransmitCRC() function to indicate that after transmission of the last + data, the CRC should be transmitted. + (#) After transmitting the last data, the SPI transmits the CRC. The SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT + bit is reset. The CRC is also received and compared against the SPI_RXCRCR + value. + If the value does not match, the SPI_FLAG_CRCERR flag is set and an interrupt + can be generated when the SPI_I2S_IT_ERR interrupt is enabled. + + -@- + (+@) It is advised to don't read the calculate CRC values during the communication. + (+@) When the SPI is in slave mode, be careful to enable CRC calculation only + when the clock is stable, that is, when the clock is in the steady state. + If not, a wrong CRC calculation may be done. In fact, the CRC is sensitive + to the SCK slave input clock as soon as CRCEN is set, and this, whatever + the value of the SPE bit. + (+@) With high bitrate frequencies, be careful when transmitting the CRC. + As the number of used CPU cycles has to be as low as possible in the CRC + transfer phase, it is forbidden to call software functions in the CRC + transmission sequence to avoid errors in the last data and CRC reception. + In fact, CRCNEXT bit has to be written before the end of the transmission/reception + of the last data. + (+@) For high bit rate frequencies, it is advised to use the DMA mode to avoid the + degradation of the SPI speed performance due to CPU accesses impacting the + SPI bandwidth. + (+@) When the STM32F37x are configured as slaves and the NSS hardware mode is + used, the NSS pin needs to be kept low between the data phase and the CRC + phase. + (+@) When the SPI is configured in slave mode with the CRC feature enabled, CRC + calculation takes place even if a high level is applied on the NSS pin. + This may happen for example in case of a multislave environment where the + communication master addresses slaves alternately. + (+@) Between a slave deselection (high level on NSS) and a new slave selection + (low level on NSS), the CRC value should be cleared on both master and slave + sides in order to resynchronize the master and slave for their respective + CRC calculation. + + -@- To clear the CRC, follow the procedure below: + (#@) Disable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function + (#@) Disable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#@) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#@) Enable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the CRC calculation length for the selected SPI. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_CRCLength: specifies the SPI CRC calculation length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_CRCLength_8b: Set CRC Calculation to 8 bits + * @arg SPI_CRCLength_16b: Set CRC Calculation to 16 bits + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_CRCLengthConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_CRCLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(SPI_CRCLength)); + + /* Clear CRCL bit */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCL); + + /* Set new CRCL bit value */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CRCLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit the SPIx CRC value. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register + * @arg SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register + * @retval The selected CRC register value.. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC) +{ + uint16_t crcreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC)); + + if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx) + { + /* Get the Tx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR; + } + else + { + /* Get the Rx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR; + } + /* Return the selected CRC register */ + return crcreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The CRC Polynomial register value. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Return the CRC polynomial register */ + return SPIx->CRCPR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group4 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides two functions that can be used only in DMA mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMA_REQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the number of data to transfer type(Even/Odd) for the DMA + * last transfers and for the selected SPI. + * @note This function have a meaning only if DMA mode is selected and if + * the packing mode is used (data length <= 8 and DMA transfer size halfword) + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_LastDMATransfer: specifies the SPI last DMA transfers state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxEven: Number of data for transmission Even + * and number of data for reception Even. + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxEven: Number of data for transmission Odd + * and number of data for reception Even. + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxOdd: Number of data for transmission Even + * and number of data for reception Odd. + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxOdd: Number of data for transmission Odd + * and number of data for reception Odd. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_LastDMATransferCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_LastDMATransfer) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_LAST_DMA_TRANSFER(SPI_LastDMATransfer)); + + /* Clear LDMA_TX and LDMA_RX bits */ + SPIx->CR2 &= CR2_LDMA_MASK; + + /* Set new LDMA_TX and LDMA_RX bits value */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_LastDMATransfer; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the SPI/I2S Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] In Polling Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 9 flags: + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY : to indicate the state of the communication layer of the SPI. + (#) SPI_FLAG_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur + (#) SPI_FLAG_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE: to indicate a Frame Format error occurs. + (#) I2S_FLAG_UDR: to indicate an Underrun error occurs. + (#) I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: to indicate Channel Side. + + [..] + (@)Do not use the BSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception. It is better + to use the TXE and RXNE flags instead. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + (+) void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 3 interrupt sources + and 5 pending bits: + [..] Pending Bits: + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + (#) I2S_IT_UDR : to indicate an Underrun Error occurs. + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE : to indicate a Frame Format error occurs. + + [..] Interrupt Source: + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty + interrupt. + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not + empty interrupt. + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + + *** FIFO Status *** + =================== + [..] It is possible to monitor the FIFO status when a transfer is ongoing using the + following function: + (+) uint32_t SPI_GetFIFOStatus(uint8_t SPI_FIFO_Direction); + + *** DMA Mode *** + ================ + [..] In DMA Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel + requests: + (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request. + (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SPI interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI IT index */ + itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 |= itmask; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current SPIx Transmission FIFO filled level. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The Transmission FIFO filling state. + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full. + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full. + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetTransmissionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Get the SPIx Transmission FIFO level bits */ + return (uint16_t)((SPIx->SR & SPI_SR_FTLVL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current SPIx Reception FIFO filled level. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The Reception FIFO filling state. + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full. + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full. + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetReceptionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Get the SPIx Reception FIFO level bits */ + return (uint16_t)((SPIx->SR & SPI_SR_FRLVL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPI flag is set or not. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag. + * @arg SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag. + * @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE: TI frame format error flag. + * @arg I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag. + * @arg I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */ + if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear. + * This function clears only CRCERR flag. + * @note OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by + * a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). + * @note MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read/write + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by + * a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI). + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */ + SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt. + * @arg I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_FRE: Format Error interrupt. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT index */ + itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT IT mask */ + itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = 0x01 << itmask; + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */ + if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_syscfg.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_syscfg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87ffb75 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_syscfg.c @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_syscfg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the SYSCFG peripheral: + * + Remapping the memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * + Remapping the DMA channels + * + Enabling I2C fast mode plus driving capability for I2C pins + * + Configuring the EXTI lines connection to the GPIO port + * + Configuring the CLASSB requirements + * + * @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + + The SYSCFG registers can be accessed only when the SYSCFG + interface APB clock is enabled. + To enable SYSCFG APB clock use: + RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBPeriph_SYSCFG, ENABLE). + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_syscfg.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG + * @brief SYSCFG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Reset value od SYSCFG_CFGR1 register */ +#define CFGR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x7C000000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Group1 SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the SYSCFG registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + * @note MEM_MODE bits are not affected by APB reset. + * @note MEM_MODE bits took the value from the user option bytes. + * @note CFGR2 register is not affected by APB reset. + * @note CLASSB configuration bits are locked when set. + * @note To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + */ +void SYSCFG_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Set SYSCFG_CFGR1 register to reset value without affecting MEM_MODE bits */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE; + + /* Set FPU Interrupt Enable bits to default value */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= 0x7C000000; + + /* Set EXTICRx registers to reset value */ + SYSCFG->EXTICR[0] = 0; + SYSCFG->EXTICR[1] = 0; + SYSCFG->EXTICR[2] = 0; + SYSCFG->EXTICR[3] = 0; + + /* Set CFGR2 register to reset value */ + SYSCFG->CFGR2 = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the memory mapping at address 0x00000000. + * @param SYSCFG_MemoryRemap: selects the memory remapping. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash: Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemMemory: System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM: Embedded SRAM mapped at 0x00000000 + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap) +{ + uint32_t tmpctrl = 0; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP(SYSCFG_MemoryRemap)); + + /* Get CFGR1 register value */ + tmpctrl = SYSCFG->CFGR1; + + /* Clear MEM_MODE bits */ + tmpctrl &= (uint32_t) (~SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE); + + /* Set the new MEM_MODE bits value */ + tmpctrl |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_MemoryRemap; + + /* Set CFGR1 register with the new memory remap configuration */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 = tmpctrl; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA channels remapping. + * @param SYSCFG_DMARemap: selects the DMA channels remap. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17: Remap TIM17 DMA1 requests from channel1 to channel2 + * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM16: Remap TIM16 DMA1 requests from channel3 to channel4 + * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM6DAC1Ch1: Remap TIM6/DAC1 channel1 DMA requests from DMA2 channel 3 to DMA1 channel 3 + * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM7DAC1Ch2: Remap TIM7/DAC1 channel2 DMA requests from DMA2 channel 4 to DMA1 channel 4 + * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM18DAC2Ch1: Remap TIM18/DAC2 channel1 DMA requests from DMA2 channel 5 to DMA1 channel 5 + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA channel remapping. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When enabled, DMA channel of the selected peripheral is remapped + * @note When disabled, Default DMA channel is mapped to the selected peripheral + * @note By default TIM17 DMA requests is mapped to channel 1, + * use SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17, Enable) to remap + * TIM17 DMA requests to channel 2 and use + * SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17, Disable) to map + * TIM17 DMA requests to channel 1 (default mapping) + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_DMARemap, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_DMA_REMAP(SYSCFG_DMARemap)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Remap the DMA channel */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_DMARemap; + } + else + { + /* use the default DMA channel mapping */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_DMARemap); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the I2C fast mode plus driving capability. + * @param SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus: selects the pin. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB6: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB6 + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB7: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB7 + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB8: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB8 + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB9: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB9 + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for I2C1 pins + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for I2C2 pins + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA channel remapping. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note ENABLE: Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin + * @note DISABLE: Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin + * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected + * I2C1 pins using SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1 parameter or independently + * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9. + * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability + * can be enabled only by using SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1 parameter + * For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled + * only by using SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2 parameter + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlusConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_I2C_FMP(SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus; + } + else + { + /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Control the VBAT monitoring + * @param NewState: new state of the VBAT connection to ADC channel 18. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note ENABLE: Enable VBAT monitoring by connecting internally VBAT to ADC channel 18 + * @note DISABLE: Disable VBAT monitoring by disconnecting VBAT from ADC channel 18 + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_VBATMonitoringCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable VBAT monitoring */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= SYSCFG_CFGR1_VBAT; + } + else + { + /* Disable VBAT monitoring */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ((uint32_t)~SYSCFG_CFGR1_VBAT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected SYSCFG interrupts. + * @param SYSCFG_IT: specifies the SYSCFG interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_IXC: Inexact Interrupt + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_IDC: Input denormal Interrupt + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_OFC: Overflow Interrupt + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_UFC: Underflow Interrupt + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_DZC: Divide-by-zero Interrupt + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_IOC: Invalid operation Interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SDADC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_ITConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_IT(SYSCFG_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SYSCFG interrupts */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= SYSCFG_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SYSCFG interrupts */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ((uint32_t)~SYSCFG_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line. + * @param EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx: selects the GPIO port to be used as source + * for EXTI lines where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F). + * @param EXTI_PinSourcex: specifies the EXTI line to be configured. + * This parameter can be EXTI_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15) + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(EXTI_PinSourcex)); + + tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03)); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] &= ~tmp; + SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03))); +} + +/** + * @brief Connect the selected parameter to the break input of TIM15/TIM16/TIM17. + * @note The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked by system reset + * @param SYSCFG_Break: selects the configuration to be connected to break + * input of TIM15/TIM16/TIM17 + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_Break_PVD: Connects the PVD event to the Break Input of TIM15/TIM16/TIM17. + * @arg SYSCFG_Break_SRAMParity: Connects the SRAM_PARITY error signal to the Break Input of TIM15/TIM16/TIM17 . + * @arg SYSCFG_Break_Lockup: Connects Lockup output of CortexM4 to the break input of TIM15/TIM16/TIM17. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_BreakConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_Break) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_LOCK_CONFIG(SYSCFG_Break)); + + SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_Break; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SYSCFG flag is set or not. + * @param SYSCFG_Flag: specifies the SYSCFG flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_FLAG_PE: SRAM parity error flag. + * @retval The new state of SYSCFG_Flag (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_FLAG(SYSCFG_Flag)); + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */ + if ((SYSCFG->CFGR2 & SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PE) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* SYSCFG_Flag is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SYSCFG_Flag is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SYSCFG_Flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear the selected SYSCFG flag. + * @param SYSCFG_Flag: selects the flag to be cleared. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_FLAG_PE: SRAM parity error flag. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_ClearFlag(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_FLAG(SYSCFG_Flag)); + + SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_Flag; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_usart.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6b2f8a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,2003 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_usart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver + * transmitter (USART): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + STOP Mode + * + AutoBaudRate + * + Data transfers + * + Multi-Processor Communication + * + LIN mode + * + Half-duplex mode + * + Smartcard mode + * + IrDA mode + * + RS485 mode + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE) + function for USART1 or using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USARTx, ENABLE) + function for USART2 and USART3. + (#) According to the USART mode, enable the GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. (The I/O can be TX, RX, CTS, + or and SCLK). + (#) Peripheral's alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF. + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members. + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length , Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) using the SPI_Init() + function. + (#) For synchronous mode, enable the clock and program the polarity, + phase and last bit using the USART_ClockInit() function. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + USART_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + (#) When using the DMA mode: + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. + (++) Active the needed channel Request using USART_DMACmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode. + [..] + Refer to Multi-Processor, LIN, half-duplex, Smartcard, IrDA sub-sections + for more details. + +@endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_usart.h" +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART + * @brief USART driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*!< USART CR1 register clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFE6F3)) */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | \ + USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ + USART_CR1_RE)) + +/*!< USART CR2 register clock bits clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFF0FF)) */ +#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPOL | \ + USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_LBCL)) + +/*!< USART CR3 register clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFFCFF)) */ +#define CR3_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)) + +/*!< USART Interrupts mask */ +#define IT_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART + in asynchronous and in synchronous modes. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate. + (++) Word Length. + (++) Stop Bit. + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible USART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + + (++) Hardware flow control. + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes. + [..] The USART_Init() function follows the USART asynchronous configuration + procedure(details for the procedure are available in reference manual. + (+) For the synchronous mode in addition to the asynchronous mode parameters + these parameters should be also configured: + (++) USART Clock Enabled. + (++) USART polarity. + (++) USART phase. + (++) USART LastBit. + [..] These parameters can be configured using the USART_ClockInit() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (USARTx == USART3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the USART_InitStruct . + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t divider = 0, apbclock = 0, tmpreg = 0; + RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl)); + + /* Disable USART */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UE); + +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP); + + /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ + /* Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits; + + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR1; + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR1_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode ----------------------- */ + /* Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value */ + /* Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value */ + /* Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity | + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode; + + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + USARTx->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR3; + /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR3_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART HFC -------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */ + tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl; + + /* Write to USART CR3 */ + USARTx->CR3 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the USART Baud Rate -------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART1CLK_Frequency; + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART2CLK_Frequency; + } + else + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART3CLK_Frequency; + } + + /* Determine the integer part */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + /* (divider * 10) computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */ + divider = (uint32_t)((2 * apbclock) / (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((2 * apbclock) % (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + } + else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */ + { + /* (divider * 10) computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */ + divider = (uint32_t)((apbclock) / (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((apbclock) % (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + } + + /* round the divider : if fractional part i greater than 0.5 increment divider */ + if (tmpreg >= (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate) / 2) + { + divider++; + } + + /* Implement the divider in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + /* get the LSB of divider and shift it to the right by 1 bit */ + tmpreg = (divider & (uint16_t)0x000F) >> 1; + + /* update the divider value */ + divider = (divider & (uint16_t)0xFFF0) | tmpreg; + } + + /* Write to USART BRR */ + USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)divider; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + /* USART_InitStruct members default value */ + USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600; + USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b; + USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx; + USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the + * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for the specified + * USART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit)); +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA, LBCL and SSM bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK); + /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA, LastBit and SSM ------------*/ + /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */ + /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL | + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit); + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's transmitter or receiver. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_Direction: specifies the USART direction. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_Mode_Tx: USART Transmitter + * @arg USART_Mode_Rx: USART Receiver + * @param NewState: new state of the USART transfer direction. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DirectionModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DirectionMode, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_DirectionMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART's transfer interface by setting the TE and/or RE bits + in the USART CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_DirectionMode; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART's transfer interface by clearing the TE and/or RE bits + in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~USART_DirectionMode; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART 8x oversampling mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Init() function + * in order to have correct baudrate Divider value. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_OVER8; + } + else + { + /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_OVER8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_ONEBIT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the one bit method by clearing the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_ONEBIT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's most significant bit first + * transmitted/received following the start bit. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART most significant bit first + * transmitted/received following the start bit. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_MSBFirstCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the most significant bit first transmitted/received following the + start bit by setting the MSBFIRST bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_MSBFIRST; + } + else + { + /* Disable the most significant bit first transmitted/received following the + start bit by clearing the MSBFIRST bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_MSBFIRST); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the binary data inversion. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new defined levels for the USART data. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg ENABLE: Logical data from the data register are send/received in negative + * logic (1=L, 0=H). The parity bit is also inverted. + * @arg DISABLE: Logical data from the data register are send/received in positive + * logic (1=H, 0=L) + * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DataInvCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the binary data inversion feature by setting the DATAINV bit in + the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_DATAINV; + } + else + { + /* Disable the binary data inversion feature by clearing the DATAINV bit in + the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_DATAINV); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Pin(s) active level inversion. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_InvPin: specifies the USART pin(s) to invert. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_InvPin_Tx: USART Tx pin active level inversion. + * @arg USART_InvPin_Rx: USART Rx pin active level inversion. + * @param NewState: new active level status for the USART pin(s). + * This parameter can be: + * @arg ENABLE: pin(s) signal values are inverted (Vdd =0, Gnd =1). + * @arg DISABLE: pin(s) signal works using the standard logic levels (Vdd =1, Gnd =0). + * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_InvPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_InvPin, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_INVERSTION_PIN(USART_InvPin)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the active level inversion for selected pins by setting the TXINV + and/or RXINV bits in the USART CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_InvPin; + } + else + { + /* Disable the active level inversion for selected requests by clearing the + TXINV and/or RXINV bits in the USART CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~USART_InvPin; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the swap Tx/Rx pins. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx TX/RX pins pinout. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg ENABLE: The TX and RX pins functions are swapped. + * @arg DISABLE: TX/RX pins are used as defined in standard pinout + * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SWAPPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SWAP feature by setting the SWAP bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_SWAP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SWAP feature by clearing the SWAP bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_SWAP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the receiver Time Out feature. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx receiver Time Out. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ReceiverTimeOutCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the receiver time out feature by setting the RTOEN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_RTOEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the receiver time out feature by clearing the RTOEN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_RTOEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the receiver Time Out value. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_ReceiverTimeOut: specifies the Receiver Time Out value. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetReceiverTimeOut(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_ReceiverTimeOut) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_TIMEOUT(USART_ReceiverTimeOut)); + + /* Clear the receiver Time Out value by clearing the RTO[23:0] bits in the RTOR + register */ + USARTx->RTOR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_RTOR_RTO); + /* Set the receiver Time Out value by setting the RTO[23:0] bits in the RTOR + register */ + USARTx->RTOR |= USART_ReceiverTimeOut; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the system clock prescaler. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock. + * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_GT; + /* Set the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group2 STOP Mode functions + * @brief STOP Mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### STOP Mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + WakeUp from STOP mode. + + [..] The USART is able to WakeUp from Stop Mode if USART clock is set to HSI + or LSI. + + [..] The WakeUp source is configured by calling USART_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() + function. + + [..] After configuring the source of WakeUp and before entering in Stop Mode + USART_STOPModeCmd() function should be called to allow USART WakeUp. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral in STOP Mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral state in stop mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function has to be called when USART clock is set to HSI or LSE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_STOPModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected USART in STOP mode by setting the UESM bit in the CR1 + register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UESM; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected USART in STOP mode by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 + register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UESM); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method form stop mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the selected USART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_AddressMatch: WUF active on address match. + * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_StartBit: WUF active on Start bit detection. + * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_RXNE: WUF active on RXNE. + * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUpSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPMODE_WAKEUPSOURCE(USART_WakeUpSource)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_WUS); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_WakeUpSource; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group3 AutoBaudRate functions + * @brief AutoBaudRate functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### AutoBaudRate functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + the AutoBaudRate detections. + + [..] Before Enabling AutoBaudRate detection using USART_AutoBaudRateCmd () + The character patterns used to calculate baudrate must be chosen by calling + USART_AutoBaudRateConfig() function. These function take as parameter : + (#)USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit : any character starting with a bit 1. + (#)USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge : any character starting with a 10xx bit pattern. + + [..] At any later time, another request for AutoBaudRate detection can be performed + using USART_RequestCmd() function. + + [..] The AutoBaudRate detection is monitored by the status of ABRF flag which indicate + that the AutoBaudRate detection is completed. In addition to ABRF flag, the ABRE flag + indicate that this procedure is completed without success. USART_GetFlagStatus () + function should be used to monitor the status of these flags. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Auto Baud Rate. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx auto baud rate. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_AutoBaudRateCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the auto baud rate feature by setting the ABREN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_ABREN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the auto baud rate feature by clearing the ABREN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ABREN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the USART auto baud rate method. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_AutoBaudRate: specifies the selected USART auto baud rate method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit: Start Bit duration measurement. + * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge: Falling edge to falling edge measurement. + * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_AutoBaudRateConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AutoBaudRate) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_MODE(USART_AutoBaudRate)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ABRMODE); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_AutoBaudRate; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group4 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + the USART data transfers. + [..] During an USART reception, data shifts in least significant bit first + through the RX pin. When a transmission is taking place, a write instruction to + the USART_TDR register stores the data in the shift register. + [..] The read access of the USART_RDR register can be done using + the USART_ReceiveData() function and returns the RDR value. + Whereas a write access to the USART_TDR can be done using USART_SendData() + function and stores the written data into TDR. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param Data: the data to transmit. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data)); + + /* Transmit Data */ + USARTx->TDR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @retval The received data. + */ +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Receive Data */ + return (uint16_t)(USARTx->RDR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group5 MultiProcessor Communication functions + * @brief Multi-Processor Communication functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Multi-Processor Communication functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + multiprocessor communication. + [..] For instance one of the USARTs can be the master, its TX output is + connected to the RX input of the other USART. The others are slaves, + their respective TX outputs are logically ANDed together and connected + to the RX input of the master. USART multiprocessor communication is + possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 9 bits, Stop bits, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values + using the USART_Init() function. + (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + (#) Configures the wake up methode (USART_WakeUp_IdleLine or + USART_WakeUp_AddressMark) using USART_WakeUpConfig() function only + for the slaves. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Enter the USART slaves in mute mode using USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd() + function. + [..] The USART Slave exit from mute mode when receive the wake up condition. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the address of the USART node. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART address */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ADD); + /* Set the USART address node */ + USARTx->CR2 |=((uint32_t)USART_Address << (uint32_t)0x18); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's mute mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART mute mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_MuteModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_MME; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_MME); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method from mute mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection + * @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark + * @retval None + */ +void USART_MuteModeWakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUp) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MUTEMODE_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp)); + + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_WAKE); + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the the USART Address detection length. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_AddressLength: specifies the USART address length detection. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_AddressLength_4b: 4-bit address length detection + * @arg USART_AddressLength_7b: 7-bit address length detection + * @retval None + */ +void USART_AddressDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AddressLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS_DETECTION(USART_AddressLength)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ADDM7); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_AddressLength; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group6 LIN mode functions + * @brief LIN mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### LIN mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + LIN Mode communication. + [..] In LIN mode, 8-bit data format with 1 stop bit is required in accordance + with the LIN standard. + [..] Only this LIN Feature is supported by the USART IP: + (+) LIN Master Synchronous Break send capability and LIN slave break + detection capability : 13-bit break generation and 10/11 bit break + detection. + [..] USART LIN Master transmitter communication is possible through the + following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values + using the USART_Init() function. + (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Send the break character using USART_SendBreak() function. + [..] USART LIN Master receiver communication is possible through the + following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values + using the USART_Init() function. + (#) Configures the break detection length + using the USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig() function. + (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + -@- In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) CLKEN in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) STOP[1:0], SCEN, HDSEL and IREN in the USART_CR3 register. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the USART LIN Break detection length. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_LBDL); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's LIN mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_LINEN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group7 Halfduplex mode function + * @brief Half-duplex mode function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Half-duplex mode function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Half-duplex communication. + [..] The USART can be configured to follow a single-wire half-duplex protocol + where the TX and RX lines are internally connected. + [..] USART Half duplex communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length, Stop bits, Parity, Mode transmitter + or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() + function. + (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + (#) Enable the half duplex mode using USART_HalfDuplexCmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + -@- The RX pin is no longer used. + -@- In Half-duplex mode the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Half Duplex communication. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART Communication. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_HDSEL); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group8 Smartcard mode functions + * @brief Smartcard mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Smartcard mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Smartcard communication. + [..] The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol + Smartcards as defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. The USART can provide + a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. In smartcard mode, + SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived from + the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler. + [..] Smartcard communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Configures the Smartcard Prsecaler using the USART_SetPrescaler() + function. + (#) Configures the Smartcard Guard Time using the USART_SetGuardTime() + function. + (#) Program the USART clock using the USART_ClockInit() function as following: + (++) USART Clock enabled. + (++) USART CPOL Low. + (++) USART CPHA on first edge. + (++) USART Last Bit Clock Enabled. + (#) Program the Smartcard interface using the USART_Init() function as + following: + (++) Word Length = 9 Bits. + (++) 1.5 Stop Bit. + (++) Even parity. + (++) BaudRate = 12096 baud. + (++) Hardware flow control disabled (RTS and CTS signals). + (++) Tx and Rx enabled + (#) Optionally you can enable the parity error interrupt using + the USART_ITConfig() function. + (#) Enable the Smartcard NACK using the USART_SmartCardNACKCmd() function. + (#) Enable the Smartcard interface using the USART_SmartCardCmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details. + [..] + (@) It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is + recommended to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving + to avoid switching between the two configurations. + (@) In smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified USART guard time. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART Guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_PSC; + /* Set the USART guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Smart Card mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_SCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_SCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the NACK transmission. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_NACK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_NACK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the Smart Card number of retries in transmit and receive. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_AutoCount: specifies the Smart Card auto retry count. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetAutoRetryCount(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_AutoCount) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_AUTO_RETRY_COUNTER(USART_AutoCount)); + /* Clear the USART auto retry count */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_SCARCNT); + /* Set the USART auto retry count*/ + USARTx->CR3 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)USART_AutoCount << 0x11); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the Smart Card Block length. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_BlockLength: specifies the Smart Card block length. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetBlockLength(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_BlockLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the Smart card block length */ + USARTx->RTOR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_RTOR_BLEN); + /* Set the Smart Card block length */ + USARTx->RTOR |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)USART_BlockLength << 0x18); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group9 IrDA mode functions + * @brief IrDA mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IrDA mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + IrDA communication. + [..] IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, + any data on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder + and if the Receiver is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will + not be encoded by IrDA. While receiving data, transmission should be + avoided as the data to be transmitted could be corrupted. + [..] IrDA communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity, + Transmitter/Receiver modes and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + (#) Configures the IrDA pulse width by configuring the prescaler using + the USART_SetPrescaler() function. + (#) Configures the IrDA USART_IrDAMode_LowPower or USART_IrDAMode_Normal + mode using the USART_IrDAConfig() function. + (#) Enable the IrDA using the USART_IrDACmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + (@) A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or + may not be rejected. + (@) The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical + layer specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between + transmission and reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol). + (@) In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IrDAMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_IRLP); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_IREN); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group10 RS485 mode function + * @brief RS485 mode function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RS485 mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + RS485 flow control. + [..] RS485 flow control (Driver enable feature) handling is possible through + the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity, + Transmitter/Receiver modes and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + (#) Enable the Driver Enable using the USART_DECmd() function. + (#) Configures the Driver Enable polarity using the USART_DEPolarityConfig() + function. + (#) Configures the Driver Enable assertion time using USART_SetDEAssertionTime() + function and deassertion time using the USART_SetDEDeassertionTime() + function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + -@- + (+@) The assertion and dessertion times are expressed in sample time units (1/8 or + 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DE functionality. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the driver enable mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DECmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DE functionality by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DEM; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DE functionality by clearing the DEM bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DEM); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART's DE polarity + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_DEPolarity: specifies the DE polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_DEPolarity_Low + * @arg USART_DEPolarity_High + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DEPolarityConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEPolarity) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DE_POLARITY(USART_DEPolarity)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DEP); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DEPolarity; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified RS485 DE assertion time + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_DEAssertionTime: specifies the time between the activation of + * the DE signal and the beginning of the start bit + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetDEAssertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEAssertionTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DE_ASSERTION_DEASSERTION_TIME(USART_DEAssertionTime)); + + /* Clear the DE assertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_DEAT); + /* Set the new value for the DE assertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 |=((uint32_t)USART_DEAssertionTime << (uint32_t)0x15); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified RS485 DE deassertion time + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_DeassertionTime: specifies the time between the middle of the last + * stop bit in a transmitted message and the de-activation of the DE signal + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetDEDeassertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEDeassertionTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DE_ASSERTION_DEASSERTION_TIME(USART_DEDeassertionTime)); + + /* Clear the DE deassertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_DEDT); + /* Set the new value for the DE deassertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 |=((uint32_t)USART_DEDeassertionTime << (uint32_t)0x10); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group11 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides two functions that can be used only in DMA mode. + [..] In DMA Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel + requests: + (#) USART_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request. + (#) USART_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, + FunctionalState NewState). +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~USART_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface when reception error occurs. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_DMAOnError: specifies the DMA status in case of reception error. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_DMAOnError_Enable: DMA receive request enabled when the USART DMA + * reception error is asserted. + * @arg USART_DMAOnError_Disable: DMA receive request disabled when the USART DMA + * reception error is asserted. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DMAReceptionErrorConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAOnError) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DMAONERROR(USART_DMAOnError)); + + /* Clear the DMA Reception error detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DDRE); + /* Set the new value for the DMA Reception error detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAOnError; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group12 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to configure the + USART Interrupts sources, Requests and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to + manage the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] In Polling Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by these flags: + (#) USART_FLAG_REACK: to indicate the status of the Receive Enable + acknowledge flag + (#) USART_FLAG_TEACK: to indicate the status of the Transmit Enable + acknowledge flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_WU: to indicate the status of the Wake up flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_RWU: to indicate the status of the Receive Wake up flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_SBK: to indicate the status of the Send Break flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_CM: to indicate the status of the Character match flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_BUSY: to indicate the status of the Busy flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_ABRF: to indicate the status of the Auto baud rate flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_ABRE: to indicate the status of the Auto baud rate error flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_EOB: to indicate the status of the End of block flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_RTO: to indicate the status of the Receive time out flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_nCTSS: to indicate the status of the Inverted nCTS input + bit status. + (#) USART_FLAG_TXE: to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register. + (#) USART_FLAG_RXNE: to indicate the status of the receive buffer register. + (#) USART_FLAG_TC: to indicate the status of the transmit operation. + (#) USART_FLAG_IDLE: to indicate the status of the Idle Line. + (#) USART_FLAG_CTS: to indicate the status of the nCTS input. + (#) USART_FLAG_LBD: to indicate the status of the LIN break detection. + (#) USART_FLAG_NE: to indicate if a noise error occur. + (#) USART_FLAG_FE: to indicate if a frame error occur. + (#) USART_FLAG_PE: to indicate if a parity error occur. + (#) USART_FLAG_ORE: to indicate if an Overrun error occur. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG). + (+) void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG). + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 8 interrupt + sources and 10 pending bits: + (+) Pending Bits: + (##) USART_IT_WU: to indicate the status of the Wake up interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CM: to indicate the status of Character match interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_EOB: to indicate the status of End of block interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_RTO: to indicate the status of Receive time out interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CTS: to indicate the status of CTS change interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_LBD: to indicate the status of LIN Break detection interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_TC: to indicate the status of Transmission complete interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_IDLE: to indicate the status of IDLE line detected interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_ORE: to indicate the status of OverRun Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_NE: to indicate the status of Noise Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_FE: to indicate the status of Framing Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_PE: to indicate the status of Parity Error interrupt. + + (+) Interrupt Source: + (##) USART_IT_WU: specifies the interrupt source for Wake up interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CM: specifies the interrupt source for Character match + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_EOB: specifies the interrupt source for End of block + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_RTO: specifies the interrupt source for Receive time-out + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CTS: specifies the interrupt source for CTS change interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_LBD: specifies the interrupt source for LIN Break + detection interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for Tansmit Data + Register empty interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_TC: specifies the interrupt source for Transmission + complete interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_RXNE: specifies the interrupt source for Receive Data + register not empty interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_IDLE: specifies the interrupt source for Idle line + detection interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_PE: specifies the interrupt source for Parity Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_ERR: specifies the interrupt source for Error interrupt + (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + -@@- Some parameters are coded in order to use them as interrupt + source or as pending bits. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState). + (+) ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT). + (+) void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t usartreg = 0, itpos = 0, itmask = 0; + uint32_t usartxbase = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx; + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint16_t)USART_IT) >> 0x08); + + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itpos = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos); + + if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x04; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x03) /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x08; + } + else /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + } + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the specified USART's Request. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_Request: specifies the USART request. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_Request_TXFRQ: Transmit data flush ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_RXFRQ: Receive data flush ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_MMRQ: Mute Mode ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_SBKRQ: Send Break ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_ABRRQ: Auto Baud Rate ReQuest + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA interface when reception error occurs. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_RequestCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_Request, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_REQUEST(USART_Request)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART ReQuest by setting the dedicated request bit in the RQR + register.*/ + USARTx->RQR |= USART_Request; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART ReQuest by clearing the dedicated request bit in the RQR + register.*/ + USARTx->RQR &= (uint32_t)~USART_Request; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Overrun detection. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_OVRDetection: specifies the OVR detection status in case of OVR error. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_OVRDetection_Enable: OVR error detection enabled when + * the USART OVR error is asserted. + * @arg USART_OVRDetection_Disable: OVR error detection disabled when + * the USART OVR error is asserted. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OverrunDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_OVRDetection) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_OVRDETECTION(USART_OVRDetection)); + + /* Clear the OVR detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_OVRDIS); + /* Set the new value for the OVR detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_OVRDetection; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_REACK: Receive Enable acknowledge flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TEACK: Transmit Enable acknowledge flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_WU: Wake up flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RWU: Receive Wake up flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_SBK: Send Break flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CM: Character match flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ABRF: Auto baud rate flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ABRE: Auto baud rate error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_EOB: End of block flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RTO: Receive time out flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_nCTSS: Inverted nCTS input bit status. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag. + * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + if ((USARTx->ISR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's pending flags. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_WU: Wake up flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CM: Character match flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_EOB: End of block flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RTO: Receive time out flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: IDLE line detected flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Errorflag. + * + * @note RXNE pending bit is cleared by a read to the USART_RDR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()) or by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the register + * USART_RQR (USART_RequestCmd()). + * @note TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation + * to USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write + * operation to USART_TDR register (USART_SendData()). + * @note TXE flag is cleared by a write to the USART_TDR register (USART_SendData()) + * or by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the register USART_RQR (USART_RequestCmd()). + * @note SBKF flag is cleared by 1 to the SBKRQ in the register USART_RQR + * (USART_RequestCmd()). + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + USARTx->ICR = USART_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt. + * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT) +{ + uint32_t bitpos = 0, itmask = 0, usartreg = 0; + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT)); + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint16_t)USART_IT) >> 0x08); + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itmask = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; + + if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR1; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR2; + } + else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR3; + } + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x10; + bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos; + bitpos &= USARTx->ISR; + if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1 or 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: IDLE line detected interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt. + * + * @note RXNE pending bit is cleared by a read to the USART_RDR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()) or by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the register + * USART_RQR (USART_RequestCmd()). + * @note TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by + * a write operation to USART_TDR register (USART_SendData()). + * @note TXE pending bit is cleared by a write to the USART_TDR register + * (USART_SendData()) or by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the register + * USART_RQR (USART_RequestCmd()). + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT) +{ + uint32_t bitpos = 0, itmask = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT)); + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x10; + itmask = ((uint32_t)0x01 << (uint32_t)bitpos); + USARTx->ICR = (uint32_t)itmask; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_wwdg.c b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_wwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..76fc17d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32_USB-FS-Device_Lib_V4.0.0/Libraries/STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f37x_wwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f37x_wwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Window watchdog (WWDG) peripheral: + * + Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration + * + WWDG activation + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + ============================================================================== + ##### WWDG features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed + time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter) + before to reach 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter + value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F). + [..] An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed + before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This + implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window. + + [..] Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + + [..] WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG + reset occurs. + + [..] The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided + by a programmable prescaler. + + [..] WWDG counter clock = PCLK1 / Prescaler. + [..] WWDG timeout = (WWDG counter clock) * (counter value). + + [..] Min-max timeout value @36MHz (PCLK1): ~114us / ~58.3ms. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable WWDG clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE) + function. + + (#) Configure the WWDG prescaler using WWDG_SetPrescaler() function. + + (#) Configure the WWDG refresh window using WWDG_SetWindowValue() function. + + (#) Set the WWDG counter value and start it using WWDG_Enable() function. + When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to + a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset. + + (#) Optionally you can enable the Early wakeup interrupt which is + generated when the counter reach 0x40. + Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + + (#) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular + intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using + WWDG_SetCounter() function. This operation must occur only when + the counter value is lower than the refresh window value, + programmed using WWDG_SetWindowValue(). + + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f37x_wwdg.h" +#include "stm32f37x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F37x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG + * @brief WWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ----------- WWDG registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define WWDG_OFFSET (WWDG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* Alias word address of EWI bit */ +#define CFR_OFFSET (WWDG_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define EWI_BitNumber 0x09 +#define CFR_EWI_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWI_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ------------------------ */ + +/* CFR register bit mask */ +#define CFR_WDGTB_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F) +#define CFR_W_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80) +#define BIT_MASK ((uint8_t)0x7F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group1 Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * @brief Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG Prescaler. + * @param WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8 + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler)); + /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_MASK; + /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */ + tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler; + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG window value. + * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter. + * This parameter value must be lower than 0x80. + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue)); + /* Clear W[6:0] bits */ + + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_MASK; + + /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */ + tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_MASK; + + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI). + * @note Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_EnableIT(void) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFR_EWI_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent + * generating an immediate reset). + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do + a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */ + WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_MASK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group2 WWDG activation functions + * @brief WWDG activation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### WWDG activation function ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables WWDG and load the counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent + * generating an immediate reset). + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + WWDG->CR = WWDG_CR_WDGA | Counter; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + if ((WWDG->SR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void) +{ + WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ -- cgit v1.2.3